zshall



ZSHALL(1)                                                            ZSHALL(1)




NAME

       zshall - the Z shell meta-man page


OVERVIEW

       Because  zsh contains many features, the zsh manual has been split into
       a number of sections.  This manual page includes all the separate  man-
       ual pages in the following order:

       zshmisc      Anything not fitting into the other sections
       zshexpn      Zsh command and parameter expansion
       zshparam     Zsh parameters
       zshoptions   Zsh options
       zshbuiltins  Zsh built-in functions
       zshzle       Zsh command line editing
       zshcompwid   Zsh completion widgets
       zshcompsys   Zsh completion system
       zshcompctl   Zsh completion control
       zshmodules   Zsh loadable modules
       zshzftpsys   Zsh built-in FTP client


DESCRIPTION

       Zsh  is  a  UNIX  command  interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive
       login shell and as a shell script command processor.  Of  the  standard
       shells,  zsh most closely resembles ksh but includes many enhancements.
       Zsh has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable
       command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history mech-
       anism, and a host of other features.


AUTHOR

       Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad <pf@zsh.org>.   Zsh  is  now
       maintained  by  the  members of the zsh-workers mailing list <zsh-work-
       ers@sunsite.dk>.  The development is  currently  coordinated  by  Peter
       Stephenson <pws@zsh.org>.  The coordinator can be contacted at <coordi-
       nator@zsh.org>, but matters relating to the code should generally go to
       the mailing list.


AVAILABILITY

       Zsh  is available from the following anonymous FTP sites.  These mirror
       sites are kept frequently up to date.  The sites marked with (H) may be
       mirroring ftp.cs.elte.hu instead of the primary site.

       Primary site
              ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/
              http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/

       Australia
              ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/
              http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/

       Denmark
              ftp://sunsite.dk/pub/unix/shells/zsh/

       Finland
              ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/unix/shells/zsh/

       Germany
              ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/pub/unix/shells/zsh/  (H)
              ftp://ftp.gmd.de/packages/zsh/
              ftp://ftp.uni-trier.de/pub/unix/shell/zsh/

       Hungary
              ftp://ftp.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/
              http://www.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/
              ftp://ftp.kfki.hu/pub/packages/zsh/

       Israel
              ftp://ftp.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/
              http://www.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/

       Japan
              ftp://ftp.win.ne.jp/pub/shell/zsh/
              ftp://ftp.ayamura.org/pub/zsh/

       Korea
              ftp://linux.sarang.net/mirror/system/shell/zsh/

       Netherlands
              ftp://ftp.demon.nl/pub/mirrors/zsh/

       Norway
              ftp://ftp.uit.no/pub/unix/shells/zsh/

       Poland
              ftp://sunsite.icm.edu.pl/pub/unix/shells/zsh/

       Romania
              ftp://ftp.roedu.net/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/
              ftp://ftp.kappa.ro/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/

       Slovenia
              ftp://ftp.siol.net/mirrors/zsh/

       Sweden
              ftp://ftp.lysator.liu.se/pub/unix/zsh/

       UK
              ftp://ftp.net.lut.ac.uk/zsh/
              ftp://sunsite.org.uk/packages/zsh/

       USA
              ftp://uiarchive.uiuc.edu/mirrors/ftp/ftp.zsh.org/pub/
              ftp://ftp.rge.com/pub/shells/zsh/
              http://zsh.disillusion.org/
              http://foad.org/zsh/

       The  up-to-date source code is available via anonymous CVS from Source-
       forge.  See http://sourceforge.net/projects/zsh/ for details.



MAILING LISTS

       Zsh has 3 mailing lists:

       <zsh-announce@sunsite.dk>
              Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the
              monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ.  (moderated)

       <zsh-users@sunsite.dk>
              User discussions.

       <zsh-workers@sunsite.dk>
              Hacking, development, bug reports and patches.

       To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail to the associated administrative
       address for the mailing list.

       <zsh-announce-subscribe@sunsite.dk>
       <zsh-users-subscribe@sunsite.dk>
       <zsh-workers-subscribe@sunsite.dk>
       <zsh-announce-unsubscribe@sunsite.dk>
       <zsh-users-unsubscribe@sunsite.dk>
       <zsh-workers-unsubscribe@sunsite.dk>

       YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED.  All
       submissions  to  zsh-announce are automatically forwarded to zsh-users.
       All submissions to zsh-users are automatically forwarded  to  zsh-work-
       ers.

       If  you  have  problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing
       lists, send mail to <listmaster@zsh.org>.  The mailing lists are  main-
       tained by Karsten Thygesen <karthy@kom.auc.dk>.

       The  mailing  lists  are archived; the archives can be accessed via the
       administrative addresses listed  above.   There  is  also  a  hypertext
       archive,   maintained   by   Geoff  Wing  <gcw@zsh.org>,  available  at
       http://www.zsh.org/mla/.


THE ZSH FAQ

       Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by Peter
       Stephenson  <pws@zsh.org>.   It  is  regularly  posted to the newsgroup
       comp.unix.shell and the zsh-announce mailing list.  The latest  version
       can    be    found   at   any   of   the   Zsh   FTP   sites,   or   at
       http://www.zsh.org/FAQ/.  The contact address for  FAQ-related  matters
       is <faqmaster@zsh.org>.


THE ZSH WEB PAGE

       Zsh  has  a  web page which is located at http://www.zsh.org/.  This is
       maintained by Karsten Thygesen <karthy@zsh.org>,  of  SunSITE  Denmark.
       The contact address for web-related matters is <webmaster@zsh.org>.


THE ZSH USERGUIDE

       A  userguide is currently in preparation.  It is intended to complement
       the manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual  can
       be cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the
       word ‘hierographic’ does not exist).  It can be viewed in  its  current
       state  at  http://zsh.sunsite.dk/Guide/.  At the time of writing, chap-
       ters dealing with startup files and their contents and the new  comple-
       tion system were essentially complete.


THE ZSH WIKI

       A  ‘wiki’  website for zsh has been created at http://www.zshwiki.org/.
       This is a site which can be added to and  modified  directly  by  users
       without any special permission.  You can add your own zsh tips and con-
       figurations.


INVOCATION OPTIONS

       The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to deter-
       mine where the shell will read commands from:

       -c     Take  the  first  argument  as a command to execute, rather than
              reading commands from a script or standard input.  If  any  fur-
              ther  arguments  are  given,  the  first  one is assigned to $0,
              rather than being used as a positional parameter.

       -i     Force shell to be interactive.

       -s     Force shell to read commands from the standard input.  If the -s
              flag is not present and an argument is given, the first argument
              is taken to be the pathname of a script to execute.

       After the  first  one  or  two  arguments  have  been  appropriated  as
       described above, the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional
       parameters.

       For further options,  which  are  common  to  invocation  and  the  set
       builtin, see zshoptions(1).

       Options  may  be specified by name using the -o option.  -o acts like a
       single-letter option, but takes a following string as the option  name.
       For example,

              zsh -x -o shwordsplit scr

       runs  the  script  scr,  setting the XTRACE option by the corresponding
       letter ‘-x’ and the SH_WORD_SPLIT  option  by  name.   Options  may  be
       turned  off  by  name  by using +o instead of -o.  -o can be stacked up
       with preceding single-letter options, so for example ‘-xo  shwordsplit’
       or ‘-xoshwordsplit’ is equivalent to ‘-x -o shwordsplit’.

       Options  may  also  be  specified  by  name  in  GNU long option style,
       ‘--option-name’.  When this is done, ‘-’ characters in the option  name
       are permitted: they are translated into ‘_’, and thus ignored.  So, for
       example, ‘zsh  --sh-word-split’  invokes  zsh  with  the  SH_WORD_SPLIT
       option  turned  on.   Like other option syntaxes, options can be turned
       off by replacing the initial ‘-’ with a ‘+’; thus ‘+-sh-word-split’  is
       equivalent  to  ‘--no-sh-word-split’.   Unlike  other  option syntaxes,
       GNU-style long options cannot be stacked with any other options, so for
       example  ‘-x-shwordsplit’  is  an error, rather than being treated like
       ‘-x --shwordsplit’.

       The special GNU-style option ‘--version’ is handled; it sends to  stan-
       dard  output  the shell’s version information, then exits successfully.
       ‘--help’ is also handled; it sends to standard output a list of options
       that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits successfully.

       Option  processing  may  be finished, allowing following arguments that
       start with ‘-’ or ‘+’ to be treated as normal arguments, in  two  ways.
       Firstly,  a lone ‘-’ (or ‘+’) as an argument by itself ends option pro-
       cessing.  Secondly, a special option ‘--’ (or ‘+-’), which may be spec-
       ified  on its own (which is the standard POSIX usage) or may be stacked
       with preceding options (so ‘-x-’ is equivalent to  ‘-x  --’).   Options
       are not permitted to be stacked after ‘--’ (so ‘-x-f’ is an error), but
       note the GNU-style option form discussed above,  where  ‘--shwordsplit’
       is permitted and does not end option processing.

       Except  when  the sh/ksh emulation single-letter options are in effect,
       the option ‘-b’ (or ‘+b’) ends option processing.  ‘-b’ is  like  ‘--’,
       except that further single-letter options can be stacked after the ‘-b’
       and will take effect as normal.




COMPATIBILITY

       Zsh tries to emulate sh or ksh when it is invoked as sh or ksh  respec-
       tively;  more  precisely,  it  looks at the first letter of the name by
       which it was invoked, excluding any initial ‘r’ (assumed to  stand  for
       ‘restricted’),  and  if  that  is ‘s’ or ‘k’ it will emulate sh or ksh.
       Furthermore, if invoked as su (which happens on  certain  systems  when
       the shell is executed by the su command), the shell will try to find an
       alternative name from the SHELL environment variable and perform emula-
       tion based on that.

       In sh and ksh compatibility modes the following parameters are not spe-
       cial and not initialized by the shell:  ARGC,  argv,  cdpath,  fignore,
       fpath,  HISTCHARS,  mailpath,  MANPATH,  manpath, path, prompt, PROMPT,
       PROMPT2, PROMPT3, PROMPT4, psvar, status, watch.

       The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed.  Login  shells
       source /etc/profile followed by $HOME/.profile.  If the ENV environment
       variable is set on  invocation,  $ENV  is  sourced  after  the  profile
       scripts.  The value of ENV is subjected to parameter expansion, command
       substitution, and arithmetic expansion before being  interpreted  as  a
       pathname.   Note  that the PRIVILEGED option also affects the execution
       of startup files.

       The following options are set if the shell is invoked  as  sh  or  ksh:
       NO_BAD_PATTERN,    NO_BANG_HIST,    NO_BG_NICE,   NO_EQUALS,   NO_FUNC-
       TION_ARGZERO, GLOB_SUBST,  NO_GLOBAL_EXPORT,  NO_HUP,  INTERACTIVE_COM-
       MENTS,  KSH_ARRAYS,  NO_MULTIOS, NO_NOMATCH, NO_NOTIFY, POSIX_BUILTINS,
       NO_PROMPT_PERCENT,    RM_STAR_SILENT,    SH_FILE_EXPANSION,    SH_GLOB,
       SH_OPTION_LETTERS,   SH_WORD_SPLIT.    Additionally  the  BSD_ECHO  and
       IGNORE_BRACES options are set if zsh  is  invoked  as  sh.   Also,  the
       KSH_OPTION_PRINT,  LOCAL_OPTIONS,  PROMPT_BANG,  PROMPT_SUBST  and SIN-
       GLE_LINE_ZLE options are set if zsh is invoked as ksh.


RESTRICTED SHELL

       When the basename of the command used to invoke  zsh  starts  with  the
       letter  ‘r’  or the ‘-r’ command line option is supplied at invocation,
       the shell becomes  restricted.   Emulation  mode  is  determined  after
       stripping  the  letter ‘r’ from the invocation name.  The following are
       disabled in restricted mode:

       ·      changing directories with the cd builtin

       ·      changing or unsetting the PATH, path, MODULE_PATH,  module_path,
              SHELL,  HISTFILE,  HISTSIZE,  GID,  EGID,  UID,  EUID, USERNAME,
              LD_LIBRARY_PATH,    LD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH,     LD_PRELOAD     and
              LD_AOUT_PRELOAD parameters

       ·      specifying command names containing /

       ·      specifying command pathnames using hash

       ·      redirecting output to files

       ·      using the exec builtin command to replace the shell with another
              command

       ·      using jobs -Z to overwrite the shell process’ argument and envi-
              ronment space

       ·      using  the ARGV0 parameter to override argv[0] for external com-
              mands

       ·      turning off restricted mode with set +r or unsetopt RESTRICTED

       These restrictions are enforced after  processing  the  startup  files.
       The  startup  files  should set up PATH to point to a directory of com-
       mands which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment.   They
       may also add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins.

       Restricted  mode  can  also  be  activated  any  time  by  setting  the
       RESTRICTED option.   This  immediately  enables  all  the  restrictions
       described  above  even if the shell still has not processed all startup
       files.


STARTUP/SHUTDOWN FILES

       Commands are first read from /etc/zshenv; this  cannot  be  overridden.
       Subsequent behaviour is modified by the RCS and GLOBAL_RCS options; the
       former affects all startup files, while the second only  affects  those
       in  the  /etc  directory.  If one of the options is unset at any point,
       any subsequent startup file(s) of the corresponding type  will  not  be
       read.   It  is  also  possible  for  a  file  in  $ZDOTDIR to re-enable
       GLOBAL_RCS. Both RCS and GLOBAL_RCS are set by default.

       Commands are then read from $ZDOTDIR/.zshenv.  If the shell is a  login
       shell,  commands  are  read from /etc/zprofile and then $ZDOTDIR/.zpro-
       file.  Then, if the  shell  is  interactive,  commands  are  read  from
       /etc/zshrc  and then $ZDOTDIR/.zshrc.  Finally, if the shell is a login
       shell, /etc/zlogin and $ZDOTDIR/.zlogin are read.

       When  a  login  shell  exits,  the  files  $ZDOTDIR/.zlogout  and  then
       /etc/zlogout  are  read.  This happens with either an explicit exit via
       the exit or logout commands, or an implicit exit by reading end-of-file
       from  the  terminal.   However, if the shell terminates due to exec’ing
       another process, the  logout  files  are  not  read.   These  are  also
       affected  by  the  RCS  and GLOBAL_RCS options.  Note also that the RCS
       option affects the saving of history files, i.e. if RCS is  unset  when
       the shell exits, no history file will be saved.

       If ZDOTDIR is unset, HOME is used instead.  Those files listed above as
       being in /etc may be in another directory, depending on  the  installa-
       tion.

       As /etc/zshenv is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that it
       be kept as small as possible.  In particular, it is a good idea to  put
       code  that does not need to be run for every single shell behind a test
       of the form ‘if [[ -o rcs ]]; then ...’ so that it will not be executed
       when zsh is invoked with the ‘-f’ option.

       Any  of  these files may be pre-compiled with the zcompile builtin com-
       mand (see zshbuiltins(1)).  If a compiled file exists  (named  for  the
       original  file plus the .zwc extension) and it is newer than the origi-
ZSHMISC(1)                                                          ZSHMISC(1)



       nal file, the compiled file will be used instead.


NAME

       zshmisc - everything and then some


SIMPLE COMMANDS & PIPELINES

       A simple command is a sequence of optional parameter  assignments  fol-
       lowed  by  blank-separated  words,  with  optional  redirections inter-
       spersed.  The first word is the command to be executed, and the remain-
       ing  words, if any, are arguments to the command.  If a command name is
       given, the parameter assignments modify the environment of the  command
       when it is executed.  The value of a simple command is its exit status,
       or 128 plus the signal number if terminated by a signal.  For example,

              echo foo

       is a simple command with arguments.

       A pipeline is either a simple command, or a sequence  of  two  or  more
       simple commands where each command is separated from the next by ‘|’ or
       ‘|&’.  Where commands are separated by ‘|’, the standard output of  the
       first  command is connected to the standard input of the next.  ‘|&’ is
       shorthand for ‘2>&1 |’, which connects both the standard output and the
       standard  error  of the command to the standard input of the next.  The
       value of a pipeline is the  value  of  the  last  command,  unless  the
       pipeline  is  preceded  by  ‘!’  in which case the value is the logical
       inverse of the value of the last command.  For example,

              echo foo | sed â€â€™s/foo/bar/â€â€™

       is a pipeline, where the output (‘foo’ plus a  newline)  of  the  first
       command will be passed to the input of the second.

       If a pipeline is preceded by ‘coproc’, it is executed as a coprocess; a
       two-way pipe is established between it and the parent shell.  The shell
       can read from or write to the coprocess by means of the ‘>&p’ and ‘<&p’
       redirection operators or with ‘print -p’ and  ‘read  -p’.   A  pipeline
       cannot be preceded by both ‘coproc’ and ‘!’.  If job control is active,
       the coprocess can be treated in other than input and output as an ordi-
       nary background job.

       A  sublist  is  either  a single pipeline, or a sequence of two or more
       pipelines separated by ‘&&’ or ‘||’.  If two pipelines are separated by
       ‘&&’,  the  second  pipeline  is  executed  only  if the first succeeds
       (returns a zero value).  If two pipelines are separated  by  ‘||’,  the
       second  is  executed only if the first fails (returns a nonzero value).
       Both operators have equal precedence and  are  left  associative.   The
       value  of  the sublist is the value of the last pipeline executed.  For
       example,

              dmesg | grep panic && print yes

       is a sublist consisting of two pipelines, the second just a simple com-
       mand  which  will be executed if and only if the grep command returns a
       zero value.  If it does not, the value of the sublist  is  that  return
       value,  else  it  is  the value returned by the print (almost certainly
       zero).

       A list is a sequence of zero or more sublists, in which each sublist is
       terminated  by ‘;’, ‘&’, ‘&|’, ‘&!’, or a newline.  This terminator may
       optionally be omitted from the last sublist in the list when  the  list
       appears  as  a complex command inside ‘(...)’  or ‘{...}’.  When a sub-
       list is terminated by ‘;’ or newline, the shell waits for it to  finish
       before  executing  the  next  sublist.  If a sublist is terminated by a
       ‘&’, ‘&|’, or ‘&!’, the shell executes the last pipeline in it  in  the
       background,  and  does  not  wait for it to finish (note the difference
       from other shells which execute the whole sublist in  the  background).
       A backgrounded pipeline returns a status of zero.

       More generally, a list can be seen as a set of any shell commands what-
       soever, including the complex commands below; this is implied  wherever
       the  word  ‘list’ appears in later descriptions.  For example, the com-
       mands in a shell function form a special sort of list.


PRECOMMAND MODIFIERS

       A simple command may be preceded by a precommand modifier,  which  will
       alter  how  the  command  is  interpreted.   These  modifiers are shell
       builtin commands with the exception of nocorrect which  is  a  reserved
       word.

       -      The  command  is  executed  with  a ‘-’ prepended to its argv[0]
              string.

       noglob Filename generation (globbing) is not performed on  any  of  the
              words.

       nocorrect
              Spelling  correction is not done on any of the words.  This must
              appear before any other precommand modifier,  as  it  is  inter-
              preted  immediately,  before  any  parsing  is  done.  It has no
              effect in non-interactive shells.

       exec   The command is executed in the parent shell without forking.

       command
              The command word is taken to be the name of an external command,
              rather than a shell function or builtin.

       builtin
              The  command  word is taken to be the name of a builtin command,
              rather than a shell function or external command.


COMPLEX COMMANDS

       A complex command in zsh is one of the following:

       if list then list [ elif list then list ] ... [ else list ] fi
              The if list is executed, and if it returns a zero  exit  status,
              the then list is executed.  Otherwise, the elif list is executed
              and if its value is zero, the then list is  executed.   If  each
              elif list returns nonzero, the else list is executed.

       for name ... [ in word ... ] term do list done
              where  term  is  at  least one newline or ;.  Expand the list of
              words, and set the parameter name to each of them in turn,  exe-
              cuting list each time.  If the in word is omitted, use the posi-
              tional parameters instead of the words.

              More than one parameter name  can  appear  before  the  list  of
              words.  If N names are given, then on each execution of the loop
              the next N words are assigned to the  corresponding  parameters.
              If  there  are  more  names  than remaining words, the remaining
              parameters are each set to the empty string.  Execution  of  the
              loop ends when there is no remaining word to assign to the first
              name.  It is only possible for in to appear as the first name in
              the  list,  else  it  will  be treated as marking the end of the
              list.

       for (( [expr1] ; [expr2] ; [expr3] )) do list done
              The arithmetic expression expr1 is evaluated first (see the sec-
              tion  ‘Arithmetic Evaluation’).  The arithmetic expression expr2
              is repeatedly evaluated until it  evaluates  to  zero  and  when
              non-zero,  list  is executed and the arithmetic expression expr3
              evaluated.  If any expression is omitted, then it behaves as  if
              it evaluated to 1.

       while list do list done
              Execute  the  do  list  as long as the while list returns a zero
              exit status.

       until list do list done
              Execute the do list as long as until list returns a nonzero exit
              status.

       repeat word do list done
              word  is expanded and treated as an arithmetic expression, which
              must evaluate to a number n.  list is then executed n times.

       case word in [ [(] pattern [ | pattern ] ... ) list (;;|;&) ] ... esac
              Execute the list associated with the first pattern that  matches
              word, if any.  The form of the patterns is the same as that used
              for filename generation.  See the section ‘Filename Generation’.
              If  the  list that is executed is terminated with ;& rather than
              ;;, the following list is also executed.  This  continues  until
              either a list is terminated with ;; or the esac is reached.

       select name [ in word ... term ] do list done
              where  term  is one or more newline or ; to terminate the words.
              Print the set of words, each preceded by a number.   If  the  in
              word  is  omitted,  use  the positional parameters.  The PROMPT3
              prompt is printed and a line is read from the line editor if the
              shell is interactive and that is active, or else standard input.
              If this line consists of the number of one of the listed  words,
              then the parameter name is set to the word corresponding to this
              number.  If this line is empty, the selection  list  is  printed
              again.   Otherwise,  the  value  of the parameter name is set to
              null.  The contents of the line  read  from  standard  input  is
              saved  in the parameter REPLY.  list is executed for each selec-
              tion until a break or end-of-file is encountered.

       ( list )
              Execute list in a subshell.  Traps set by the trap  builtin  are
              reset to their default values while executing list.

       { list }
              Execute list.

       { try-list } always { always-list }
              First  execute  try-list.   Regardless of errors, or break, con-
              tinue, or return commands encountered within  try-list,  execute
              always-list.   Execution  then  continues from the result of the
              execution of try-list; in other words, any error, or break, con-
              tinue,  or  return  command  is treated in the normal way, as if
              always-list were not  present.   The  two  chunks  of  code  are
              referred to as the ‘try block’ and the ‘always block’.

              Optional  newlines  or  semicolons  may appear after the always;
              note, however, that they may not appear between  the  preceeding
              closing brace and the always.

              An ‘error’ in this context is a condition such as a syntax error
              which causes the shell to abort execution of the  current  func-
              tion,  script,  or  list.   Syntax  errors encountered while the
              shell is parsing the code do not cause  the  always-list  to  be
              executed.   For  example, an erroneously constructed if block in
              try-list would cause the shell to abort during parsing, so  that
              always-list  would not be executed, while an erroneous substitu-
              tion such as ${*foo*} would cause a run-time error, after  which
              always-list would be executed.

              An  error  condition  can  be  tested and reset with the special
              integer variable TRY_BLOCK_ERROR.  Outside  an  always-list  the
              value  is  irrelevant,  but  it  is  initialised  to -1.  Inside
              always-list, the  value  is  1  if  an  error  occurred  in  the
              try-list,  else  0.   If  TRY_BLOCK_ERROR is set to 0 during the
              always-list, the error  condition  caused  by  the  try-list  is
              reset,  and  shell execution continues normally after the end of
              always-list.  Altering the value during the try-list is not use-
              ful (unless this forms part of an enclosing always block).

              Regardless  of TRY_BLOCK_ERROR, after the end of always-list the
              normal shell status $? is the value returned  from  always-list.
              This   will   be  non-zero  if  there  was  an  error,  even  if
              TRY_BLOCK_ERROR was set to zero.

              The following executes the given code, ignoring  any  errors  it
              causes.   This is an alternative to the usual convention of pro-
              tecting code by executing it in a subshell.

                     {
                         # code which may cause an error
                       } always {
                         # This code is executed regardless of the error.
                         (( TRY_BLOCK_ERROR = 0 ))
                     }
                     # The error condition has been reset.

              An exit command encountered in try-list does not cause the  exe-
              cution  of  always-list.   Instead,  the shell exits immediately
              after any EXIT trap has been executed.

       function word ... [ () ] [ term ] { list }
       word ... () [ term ] { list }
       word ... () [ term ] command
              where term is one or more newline or ;.  Define a function which
              is  referenced  by  any one of word.  Normally, only one word is
              provided; multiple words are usually  only  useful  for  setting
              traps.   The  body of the function is the list between the { and
              }.  See the section ‘Functions’.

              If the option  SH_GLOB  is  set  for  compatibility  with  other
              shells,  then whitespace may appear between between the left and
              right parentheses when there is a single word;   otherwise,  the
              parentheses  will  be  treated  as forming a globbing pattern in
              that case.

       time [ pipeline ]
              The pipeline is executed, and timing statistics are reported  on
              the  standard error in the form specified by the TIMEFMT parame-
              ter.  If pipeline is omitted, print statistics about  the  shell
              process and its children.

       [[ exp ]]
              Evaluates  the conditional expression exp and return a zero exit
              status if it is true.  See the section ‘Conditional Expressions’
              for a description of exp.


ALTERNATE FORMS FOR COMPLEX COMMANDS

       Many  of zsh’s complex commands have alternate forms.  These particular
       versions of complex commands should be considered deprecated and may be
       removed  in the future.  The versions in the previous section should be
       preferred instead.

       The short versions below only work if sublist is of the form ‘{ list }’
       or  if the SHORT_LOOPS option is set.  For the if, while and until com-
       mands, in both these cases the test part of the loop must also be suit-
       ably  delimited, such as by ‘[[ ... ]]’ or ‘(( ... ))’, else the end of
       the test will not be recognized.  For the for, repeat, case and  select
       commands  no  such special form for the arguments is necessary, but the
       other condition (the special form of sublist or use of the  SHORT_LOOPS
       option) still applies.

       if list { list } [ elif list { list } ] ... [ else { list } ]
              An alternate form of if.  The rules mean that

                     if [[ -o ignorebraces ]] {
                       print yes
                     }

              works, but

                     if true {  # Does not work!
                       print yes
                     }

              does not, since the test is not suitably delimited.

       if list sublist
              A short form of the alternate ‘if’.  The same limitations on the
              form of list apply as for the previous form.

       for name ... ( word ... ) sublist
              A short form of for.

       for name ... [ in word ... ] term sublist
              where term is at least one newline or ;.  Another short form  of
              for.

       for (( [expr1] ; [expr2] ; [expr3] )) sublist
              A short form of the arithmetic for command.

       foreach name ... ( word ... ) list end
              Another form of for.

       while list { list }
              An  alternative form of while.  Note the limitations on the form
              of list mentioned above.

       until list { list }
              An alternative form of until.  Note the limitations on the  form
              of list mentioned above.

       repeat word sublist
              This is a short form of repeat.

       case word { [ [(] pattern [ | pattern ] ... ) list (;;|;&) ] ... }
              An alternative form of case.

       select name [ in word term ] sublist
              where  term  is  at  least  one  newline  or ;.  A short form of
              select.


RESERVED WORDS

       The following words are recognized as reserved words when used  as  the
       first word of a command unless quoted or disabled using disable -r:

       do  done  esac then elif else fi for case if while function repeat time
       until select coproc nocorrect foreach end ! [[ { }

       Additionally, ‘}’ is recognized in any position  if  the  IGNORE_BRACES
       option is not set.


COMMENTS

       In  noninteractive  shells,  or in interactive shells with the INTERAC-
       TIVE_COMMENTS option set, a word beginning with the third character  of
       the  histchars  parameter (‘#’ by default) causes that word and all the
       following characters up to a newline to be ignored.


ALIASING

       Every token in the shell input is checked to see if there is  an  alias
       defined  for  it.  If so, it is replaced by the text of the alias if it
       is in command position (if it could be the first word of a simple  com-
       mand),  or  if the alias is global.  If the text ends with a space, the
       next word in the shell input is treated as though it  were  in  command
       position  for  purposes  of alias expansion.  An alias is defined using
       the alias builtin; global aliases may be defined using the -g option to
       that builtin.

       Alias  expansion  is done on the shell input before any other expansion
       except history expansion.  Therefore, if an alias is  defined  for  the
       word  foo,  alias expansion may be avoided by quoting part of the word,
       e.g. \foo.  But there is nothing to prevent an alias being defined  for
       \foo as well.


QUOTING

       A  character  may be quoted (that is, made to stand for itself) by pre-
       ceding it with a ‘\’.  ‘\’ followed by a newline is ignored.

       A string enclosed between ‘$â€â€™â€™ and ‘â€â€™â€™ is processed the same way as the
       string arguments of the print builtin, and the resulting string is con-
       sidered to be entirely quoted.  A literal ‘â€â€™â€™ character can be included
       in the string by using the ‘\â€â€™â€™ escape.

       All  characters  enclosed  between a pair of single quotes (â€â€™â€â€™) that is
       not preceded by a ‘$’ are quoted.  A single quote cannot appear  within
       single  quotes unless the option RC_QUOTES is set, in which case a pair
       of single quotes are turned into a single quote.  For example,

              print â€â€™â€â€™â€â€™â€â€™

       outputs nothing apart from a newline if RC_QUOTES is not set,  but  one
       single quote if it is set.

       Inside  double  quotes  (""), parameter and command substitution occur,
       and ‘\’ quotes the characters ‘\’, ‘â€â€˜â€™, ‘"’, and ‘$’.


REDIRECTION

       If a command is followed by & and job control is not active,  then  the
       default  standard  input  for  the command is the empty file /dev/null.
       Otherwise, the environment for the execution of a command contains  the
       file  descriptors  of  the  invoking  shell as modified by input/output
       specifications.

       The following may appear anywhere in a simple command or may precede or
       follow  a  complex  command.   Expansion occurs before word or digit is
       used except as noted below.  If the result of substitution on word pro-
       duces  more  than  one  filename,  redirection occurs for each separate
       filename in turn.

       < word Open file word for reading as standard input.

       <> word
              Open file word for reading and writing as  standard  input.   If
              the file does not exist then it is created.

       > word Open file word for writing as standard output.  If the file does
              not exist then it is created.  If the file exists, and the CLOB-
              BER  option  is  unset,  this  causes an error; otherwise, it is
              truncated to zero length.

       >| word
       >! word
              Same as >, except that the file is truncated to zero  length  if
              it exists, even if CLOBBER is unset.

       >> word
              Open  file  word  for writing in append mode as standard output.
              If the file does not exist, and the  CLOBBER  option  is  unset,
              this causes an error; otherwise, the file is created.

       >>| word
       >>! word
              Same  as  >>,  except  that  the  file is created if it does not
              exist, even if CLOBBER is unset.

       <<[-] word
              The shell input is read up to a line that is the same  as  word,
              or to an end-of-file.  No parameter expansion, command substitu-
              tion or filename generation is performed on word.  The resulting
              document, called a here-document, becomes the standard input.

              If  any character of word is quoted with single or double quotes
              or a ‘\’, no interpretation is placed upon the characters of the
              document.  Otherwise, parameter and command substitution occurs,
              ‘\’ followed by a newline is removed, and ‘\’ must  be  used  to
              quote  the  characters  ‘\’, ‘$’, ‘â€â€˜â€™ and the first character of
              word.

              Note that word itself does not undergo shell  expansion.   Back-
              quotes  in  word  do  not  have their usual effect; instead they
              behave similarly to double quotes, except  that  the  backquotes
              themselves  are  passed through unchanged.  (This information is
              given for completeness and it is not recommended that backquotes
              be  used.)  Quotes in the form $â€â€™...â€â€™ have their standard effect
              of expanding backslashed references to special characters.

              If <<- is used, then all leading tabs are stripped from word and
              from the document.

       <<< word
              Perform  shell expansion on word and pass the result to standard
              input.  This is known as a here-string.  Compare the use of word
              in  here-documents  above,  where  word  does  not undergo shell
              expansion.

       <& number
       >& number
              The standard input/output is  duplicated  from  file  descriptor
              number (see dup2(2)).

       <& -
       >& -   Close the standard input/output.

       <& p
       >& p   The  input/output from/to the coprocess is moved to the standard
              input/output.

       >& word
       &> word
              (Except where ‘>& word’ matches one of the above syntaxes;  ‘&>’
              can  always  be  used  to avoid this ambiguity.)  Redirects both
              standard output and standard error (file descriptor  2)  in  the
              manner  of  ‘>  word’.   Note  that  this does not have the same
              effect as ‘> word 2>&1’ in the presence of multios (see the sec-
              tion below).

       >&| word
       >&! word
       &>| word
       &>! word
              Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
              tor 2) in the manner of ‘>| word’.

       >>& word
       &>> word
              Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
              tor 2) in the manner of ‘>> word’.

       >>&| word
       >>&! word
       &>>| word
       &>>! word
              Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descrip-
              tor 2) in the manner of ‘>>| word’.

       If one of the above is preceded by a digit, then  the  file  descriptor
       referred  to is that specified by the digit instead of the default 0 or
       1.  The order in which redirections are specified is significant.   The
       shell  evaluates  each  redirection  in  terms of the (file descriptor,
       file) association at the time of evaluation.  For example:

              ... 1>fname 2>&1

       first associates file descriptor 1 with file fname.  It then associates
       file descriptor 2 with the file associated with file descriptor 1 (that
       is, fname).  If the order of redirections were reversed, file  descrip-
       tor 2 would be associated with the terminal (assuming file descriptor 1
       had been) and then file descriptor 1  would  be  associated  with  file
       fname.

       The  ‘|&’ command separator described in Simple Commands & Pipelines in
       zshmisc(1) is a shorthand for ‘2>&1 |’.

       For output redirections only, if word is of the form ‘>(list)’ then the
       output  is  piped to the command represented by list.  See Process Sub-
       stitution in zshexpn(1).


MULTIOS

       If the user tries to open a file descriptor for writing more than once,
       the  shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies
       its input to all the specified outputs, similar to  tee,  provided  the
       MULTIOS option is set, as it is by default.  Thus:

              date >foo >bar

       writes  the date to two files, named ‘foo’ and ‘bar’.  Note that a pipe
       is an implicit redirection; thus

              date >foo | cat

       writes the date to the file ‘foo’, and also pipes it to cat.

       If the MULTIOS option is set, the word after a redirection operator  is
       also subjected to filename generation (globbing).  Thus

              : > *

       will  truncate  all files in the current directory, assuming there’s at
       least one.  (Without the MULTIOS option, it would create an empty  file
       called ‘*’.)  Similarly, you can do

              echo exit 0 >> *.sh

       If the user tries to open a file descriptor for reading more than once,
       the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that  copies
       all  the specified inputs to its output in the order specified, similar
       to cat, provided the MULTIOS option is set.  Thus

              sort <foo <fubar

       or even

              sort <f{oo,ubar}

       is equivalent to ‘cat foo fubar | sort’.

       Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus

              cat bar | sort <foo

       is equivalent to ‘cat bar foo | sort’ (note the order of the inputs).

       If the MULTIOS option is unset, each redirection replaces the  previous
       redirection for that file descriptor.  However, all files redirected to
       are actually opened, so

              echo foo > bar > baz

       when MULTIOS is unset will truncate bar, and write ‘foo’ into baz.

       There is a problem when an output multio is  attached  to  an  external
       program.  A simple example shows this:

              cat file >file1 >file2
              cat file1 file2

       Here,  it  is  possible that the second ‘cat’ will not display the full
       contents of file1  and  file2  (i.e.  the  original  contents  of  file
       repeated twice).

       The  reason for this is that the multios are spawned after the cat pro-
       cess is forked from the parent shell, so the parent shell does not wait
       for  the  multios  to  finish  writing data.  This means the command as
       shown can exit before file1 and file2 are  completely  written.   As  a
       workaround,  it  is possible to run the cat process as part of a job in
       the current shell:

              { cat file } >file >file2

       Here, the {...} job will pause to wait for both files to be written.



REDIRECTIONS WITH NO COMMAND

       When a simple command consists of one or more redirection operators and
       zero or more parameter assignments, but no command name, zsh can behave
       in several ways.

       If the parameter NULLCMD is not set or the option CSH_NULLCMD  is  set,
       an error is caused.  This is the csh behavior and CSH_NULLCMD is set by
       default when emulating csh.

       If the option SH_NULLCMD is set, the builtin ‘:’ is inserted as a  com-
       mand  with  the given redirections.  This is the default when emulating
       sh or ksh.

       Otherwise, if the parameter NULLCMD is set, its value will be used as a
       command  with  the given redirections.  If both NULLCMD and READNULLCMD
       are set, then the value of the latter will be used instead of  that  of
       the  former  when the redirection is an input.  The default for NULLCMD
       is ‘cat’ and for READNULLCMD is ‘more’. Thus

              < file

       shows the contents of file on standard output, with paging if that is a
       terminal.  NULLCMD and READNULLCMD may refer to shell functions.



COMMAND EXECUTION

       If a command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to locate it.
       If there exists a shell function by that name, the function is  invoked
       as  described  in  the  section  ‘Functions’.   If there exists a shell
       builtin by that name, the builtin is invoked.

       Otherwise, the shell searches each element of  $path  for  a  directory
       containing  an  executable  file by that name.  If the search is unsuc-
       cessful, the shell prints an error message and returns a  nonzero  exit
       status.

       If  execution  fails  because the file is not in executable format, and
       the file is not a directory, it  is  assumed  to  be  a  shell  script.
       /bin/sh  is  spawned to execute it.  If the program is a file beginning
       with ‘#!’, the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter for
       the program.  The shell will execute the specified interpreter on oper-
       ating systems that do not handle this executable format in the  kernel.


FUNCTIONS

       Shell functions are defined with the function reserved word or the spe-
       cial syntax ‘funcname ()’.  Shell functions  are  read  in  and  stored
       internally.  Alias names are resolved when the function is read.  Func-
       tions are executed like commands with the  arguments  passed  as  posi-
       tional parameters.  (See the section ‘Command Execution’.)

       Functions execute in the same process as the caller and share all files
       and present working directory with the caller.   A  trap  on  EXIT  set
       inside a function is executed after the function completes in the envi-
       ronment of the caller.

       The return builtin is used to return from function calls.

       Function identifiers can be listed with the functions  builtin.   Func-
       tions can be undefined with the unfunction builtin.


AUTOLOADING FUNCTIONS

       A  function  can  be marked as undefined using the autoload builtin (or
       ‘functions -u’ or ‘typeset -fu’).  Such a function has no  body.   When
       the  function  is first executed, the shell searches for its definition
       using the elements of the fpath variable.  Thus to define functions for
       autoloading, a typical sequence is:

              fpath=(~/myfuncs $fpath)
              autoload myfunc1 myfunc2 ...

       The  usual  alias  expansion  during  reading will be suppressed if the
       autoload builtin or its equivalent is given the option -U. This is rec-
       ommended  for  the use of functions supplied with the zsh distribution.
       Note that for functions precompiled with the zcompile  builtin  command
       the flag -U must be provided when the .zwc file is created, as the cor-
       responding information is compiled into the latter.

       For each element in fpath, the shell looks for  three  possible  files,
       the newest of which is used to load the definition for the function:

       element.zwc
              A  file  created  with  the  zcompile  builtin command, which is
              expected to contain the definitions for  all  functions  in  the
              directory named element.  The file is treated in the same manner
              as a directory containing files for functions  and  is  searched
              for  the  definition of the function.   If the definition is not
              found, the search for a definition proceeds with the  other  two
              possibilities described below.

              If element already includes a .zwc extension (i.e. the extension
              was explicitly given by the user), element is searched  for  the
              definition  of the function without comparing its age to that of
              other files; in fact, there does not need to  be  any  directory
              named  element  without  the  suffix.  Thus including an element
              such as ‘/usr/local/funcs.zwc’ in fpath will speed up the search
              for  functions,  with  the  disadvantage that functions included
              must be explicitly recompiled by hand before the  shell  notices
              any changes.

       element/function.zwc
              A  file  created with zcompile, which is expected to contain the
              definition for function.  It may include other function  defini-
              tions as well, but those are neither loaded nor executed; a file
              found in this way is searched only for the definition  of  func-
              tion.

       element/function
              A file of zsh command text, taken to be the definition for func-
              tion.

       In summary, the order of searching is, first, in the parents of  direc-
       tories  in  fpath  for  the  newer  of either a compiled directory or a
       directory in fpath; second, if more than one of these contains a  defi-
       nition  for  the  function that is sought, the leftmost in the fpath is
       chosen; and third, within a directory, the newer of either  a  compiled
       function or an ordinary function definition is used.

       If  the  KSH_AUTOLOAD option is set, or the file contains only a simple
       definition of the function, the file’s contents will be executed.  This
       will  normally  define  the  function in question, but may also perform
       initialization, which is executed in the context of the function execu-
       tion, and may therefore define local parameters.  It is an error if the
       function is not defined by loading the file.

       Otherwise, the function body (with no surrounding  ‘funcname()  {...}’)
       is taken to be the complete contents of the file.  This form allows the
       file to be used directly as an executable shell script.  If  processing
       of  the  file  results  in  the function being re-defined, the function
       itself is not re-executed.  To force the shell to  perform  initializa-
       tion  and  then call the function defined, the file should contain ini-
       tialization code (which will be executed then discarded) in addition to
       a  complete  function definition (which will be retained for subsequent
       calls to the function), and a call to the shell function, including any
       arguments, at the end.

       For example, suppose the autoload file func contains

              func() { print This is func; }
              print func is initialized

       then  ‘func;  func’ with KSH_AUTOLOAD set will produce both messages on
       the first call, but only the message ‘This is func’ on the  second  and
       subsequent  calls.   Without KSH_AUTOLOAD set, it will produce the ini-
       tialization message on the first call, and the  other  message  on  the
       second and subsequent calls.

       It  is  also  possible  to  create  a  function  that  is not marked as
       autoloaded, but which loads its own definition by searching  fpath,  by
       using  ‘autoload -X’ within a shell function.  For example, the follow-
       ing are equivalent:

              myfunc() {
                autoload -X
              }
              myfunc args...

       and

              unfunction myfunc   # if myfunc was defined
              autoload myfunc
              myfunc args...

       In fact, the functions command outputs ‘builtin  autoload  -X’  as  the
       body of an autoloaded function.  This is done so that

              eval "$(functions)"

       produces  a reasonable result.  A true autoloaded function can be iden-
       tified by the presence of  the  comment  ‘#  undefined’  in  the  body,
       because all comments are discarded from defined functions.

       To load the definition of an autoloaded function myfunc without execut-
       ing myfunc, use:

              autoload +X myfunc



SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

       The following functions, if defined, have special meaning to the shell:

       chpwd  Executed whenever the current working directory is changed.

       periodic
              If  the parameter PERIOD is set, this function is executed every
              $PERIOD seconds, just before a prompt.

       precmd Executed before each prompt.

       preexec
              Executed just after a command has been read and is about  to  be
              executed.   If the history mechanism is active (and the line was
              not discarded from the history buffer), the string that the user
              typed  is passed as the first argument, otherwise it is an empty
              string.  The actual command that  will  be  executed  (including
              expanded  aliases)  is passed in two different forms: the second
              argument is a single-line, size-limited version of  the  command
              (with  things  like  function bodies elided); the third argument
              contains the full text that is being executed.

       TRAPNAL
              If defined and non-null, this function will be executed whenever
              the shell catches a signal SIGNAL, where NAL is a signal name as
              specified for the kill  builtin.   The  signal  number  will  be
              passed as the first parameter to the function.

              If  a  function  of this form is defined and null, the shell and
              processes spawned by it will ignore SIGNAL.

              The return value from the function is handled specially.  If  it
              is  zero, the signal is assumed to have been handled, and execu-
              tion continues normally.  Otherwise, the normal  effect  of  the
              signal  is  produced; if this causes execution to terminate, the
              status returned to the shell is the  status  returned  from  the
              function.

              Programs  terminated  by  uncaught  signals typically return the
              status 128 plus the signal number.  Hence the  following  causes
              the  handler for SIGINT to print a message, then mimic the usual
              effect of the signal.

                     TRAPINT() {
                       print "Caught SIGINT, aborting."
                       return $(( 128 + $1 ))
                     }

              The functions TRAPZERR, TRAPDEBUG and TRAPEXIT  are  never  exe-
              cuted inside other traps.

       TRAPDEBUG
              Executed after each command.

       TRAPEXIT
              Executed  when  the  shell  exits,  or when the current function
              exits if defined inside a function.

       TRAPZERR
              Executed whenever a command has a non-zero  exit  status.   How-
              ever,  the function is not executed if the command occurred in a
              sublist followed by ‘&&’ or ‘||’; only the final  command  in  a
              sublist of this type causes the trap to be executed.

       The  functions  beginning  ‘TRAP’ may alternatively be defined with the
       trap builtin:  this may be preferable for some uses, as they  are  then
       run in the environment of the calling process, rather than in their own
       function environment.  Apart from the difference in  calling  procedure
       and  the fact that the function form appears in lists of functions, the
       forms

              TRAPNAL() {
               # code
              }

       and

              trap â€â€™
               # code

       are equivalent.


JOBS

       If the MONITOR option is set, an interactive  shell  associates  a  job
       with  each  pipeline.  It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the
       jobs command, and assigns them small integer numbers.  When  a  job  is
       started  asynchronously  with  ‘&’, the shell prints a line to standard
       error which looks like:

              [1] 1234

       indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number
       1 and had one (top-level) process, whose process ID was 1234.

       If  a  job  is  started with ‘&|’ or ‘&!’, then that job is immediately
       disowned.  After startup, it does not have a place in  the  job  table,
       and is not subject to the job control features described here.

       If  you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the
       key ^Z (control-Z) which sends a TSTP signal to the current job:   this
       key  may  be redefined by the susp option of the external stty command.
       The shell will then normally indicate  that  the  job  has  been  ‘sus-
       pended’,  and  print another prompt.  You can then manipulate the state
       of this job, putting it in the background with the bg command,  or  run
       some  other  commands  and  then eventually bring the job back into the
       foreground with the foreground command fg.  A ^Z takes  effect  immedi-
       ately  and is like an interrupt in that pending output and unread input
       are discarded when it is typed.

       A job being run in the background will suspend if it tries to read from
       the  terminal.  Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output,
       but this can be disabled by giving the command ‘stty tostop’.   If  you
       set this tty option, then background jobs will suspend when they try to
       produce output like they do when they try to read input.

       When a command is suspended and continued later with  the  fg  or  wait
       builtins,  zsh  restores tty modes that were in effect when it was sus-
       pended.  This (intentionally) does not apply if the command is  contin-
       ued via ‘kill -CONT’, nor when it is continued with bg.

       There  are  several  ways  to refer to jobs in the shell.  A job can be
       referred to by the process ID of any process of the job or  by  one  of
       the following:

       %number
              The job with the given number.
       %string
              Any job whose command line begins with string.
       %?string
              Any job whose command line contains string.
       %%     Current job.
       %+     Equivalent to ‘%%’.
       %-     Previous job.

       The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state.  It nor-
       mally informs you whenever a job becomes blocked  so  that  no  further
       progress  is possible.  If the NOTIFY option is not set, it waits until
       just before it prints a prompt before it informs you.  All such notifi-
       cations  are  sent directly to the terminal, not to the standard output
       or standard error.

       When the monitor mode is on, each background job that  completes  trig-
       gers any trap set for CHLD.

       When  you  try  to leave the shell while jobs are running or suspended,
       you will be warned that ‘You have suspended (running) jobs’.   You  may
       use  the  jobs command to see what they are.  If you do this or immedi-
       ately try to exit again, the shell will not warn you a second time; the
       suspended  jobs will be terminated, and the running jobs will be sent a
       SIGHUP signal, if the HUP option is set.

       To avoid having the shell terminate the running jobs,  either  use  the
       nohup command (see nohup(1)) or the disown builtin.


SIGNALS

       The INT and QUIT signals for an invoked command are ignored if the com-
       mand is followed by ‘&’ and the MONITOR option is not  active.   Other-
       wise,  signals  have  the values inherited by the shell from its parent
       (but see the TRAPNAL special functions in the section ‘Functions’).


ARITHMETIC EVALUATION

       The shell can perform integer and  floating  point  arithmetic,  either
       using the builtin let, or via a substitution of the form $((...)).  For
       integers, the shell is usually compiled to use 8-byte  precision  where
       this is available, otherwise precision is 4 bytes.  This can be tested,
       for example, by giving the command ‘print - $(( 12345678901 ))’; if the
       number  appears unchanged, the precision is at least 8 bytes.  Floating
       point arithmetic is always double precision.

       The let builtin command takes arithmetic expressions as arguments; each
       is  evaluated  separately.   Since many of the arithmetic operators, as
       well as spaces, require quoting, an alternative form is  provided:  for
       any command which begins with a ‘((’, all the characters until a match-
       ing ‘))’ are treated as a quoted expression  and  arithmetic  expansion
       performed  as  for  an  argument  of let.  More precisely, ‘((...))’ is
       equivalent to ‘let "..."’.  For example, the following statement

              (( val = 2 + 1 ))

       is equivalent to

              let "val = 2 + 1"

       both assigning the value 3 to the shell variable val  and  returning  a
       zero status.

       Integers can be in bases other than 10.  A leading ‘0x’ or ‘0X’ denotes
       hexadecimal.  Integers may also be of the form ‘base#n’, where base  is
       a decimal number between two and thirty-six representing the arithmetic
       base and n is a number in that base (for example,  ‘16#ff’  is  255  in
       hexadecimal).   The base# may also be omitted, in which case base 10 is
       used.  For backwards compatibility the form ‘[base]n’ is also accepted.

       It is also possible to specify a base to be used for output in the form
       ‘[#base]’, for example ‘[#16]’.  This is used  when  outputting  arith-
       metical  substitutions  or  when assigning to scalar parameters, but an
       explicitly defined integer or floating  point  parameter  will  not  be
       affected.   If  an  integer variable is implicitly defined by an arith-
       metic expression, any base specified in this way will  be  set  as  the
       variable’s  output  arithmetic  base  as if the option ‘-i base’ to the
       typeset builtin had been used.  The expression has no precedence and if
       it occurs more than once in a mathematical expression, the last encoun-
       tered is used.  For clarity it is recommended that  it  appear  at  the
       beginning of an expression.  As an example:

              typeset -i 16 y
              print $(( [#8] x = 32, y = 32 ))
              print $x $y

       outputs first ‘8#40’, the rightmost value in the given output base, and
       then ‘8#40 16#20’, because y has been explicitly declared to have  out-
       put base 16, while x (assuming it does not already exist) is implicitly
       typed by the arithmetic evaluation, where it acquires the  output  base
       8.

       If  the  C_BASES  option  is set, hexadecimal numbers in the standard C
       format, for example 0xFF instead of the usual ‘16#FF’.  If  the  option
       OCTAL_ZEROES  is also set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be
       treated similarly and hence appear as ‘077’ instead  of  ‘8#77’.   This
       option  has no effect on the output of bases other than hexadecimal and
       octal, and these formats are always understood on input.

       When an output base is specified using the ‘[#base]’ syntax, an  appro-
       priate  base prefix will be output if necessary, so that the value out-
       put is valid syntax for input.   If  the  #  is  doubled,  for  example
       ‘[##16]’, then no base prefix is output.

       Floating  point  constants  are recognized by the presence of a decimal
       point or an exponent.  The decimal point may be the first character  of
       the  constant, but the exponent character e or E may not, as it will be
       taken for a parameter name.

       An arithmetic expression uses nearly the same syntax,  precedence,  and
       associativity  of  expressions  in C.  The following operators are sup-
       ported (listed in decreasing order of precedence):

       + - ! ~ ++ --
              unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}cre-
              ment
       << >>  bitwise shift left, right
       &      bitwise AND
       ^      bitwise XOR
       |      bitwise OR
       **     exponentiation
       * / %  multiplication, division, modulus (remainder)
       + -    addition, subtraction
       < > <= >=
              comparison
       == !=  equality and inequality
       &&     logical AND
       || ^^  logical OR, XOR
       ? :    ternary operator
       = += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=
              assignment
       ,      comma operator

       The  operators  ‘&&’,  ‘||’, ‘&&=’, and ‘||=’ are short-circuiting, and
       only one of the latter two expressions in a ternary operator is  evalu-
       ated.  Note the precedence of the bitwise AND, OR, and XOR operators.

       Mathematical  functions  can  be  called  with the syntax ‘func(args)’,
       where the function decides if the  args  is  used  as  a  string  or  a
       comma-separated  list  of  arithmetic  expressions. The shell currently
       defines no mathematical functions by default, but the module  zsh/math-
       func may be loaded with the zmodload builtin to provide standard float-
       ing point mathematical functions.

       An expression of the form ‘##x’ where x is any character sequence  such
       as  ‘a’, ‘^A’, or ‘\M-\C-x’ gives the ASCII value of this character and
       an expression of the form ‘#foo’ gives the ASCII  value  of  the  first
       character of the value of the parameter foo.  Note that this is differ-
       ent from the expression  ‘$#foo’,  a  standard  parameter  substitution
       which  gives the length of the parameter foo.  ‘#\’ is accepted instead
       of ‘##’, but its use is deprecated.

       Named parameters and subscripted  arrays  can  be  referenced  by  name
       within  an  arithmetic expression without using the parameter expansion
       syntax.  For example,

              ((val2 = val1 * 2))

       assigns twice the value of $val1 to the parameter named val2.

       An internal integer representation of a named parameter can  be  speci-
       fied  with  the integer builtin.  Arithmetic evaluation is performed on
       the value of each assignment to a named parameter declared  integer  in
       this  manner.   Assigning a floating point number to an integer results
       in rounding down to the next integer.

       Likewise, floating  point  numbers  can  be  declared  with  the  float
       builtin; there are two types, differing only in their output format, as
       described for the typeset builtin.  The output format can  be  bypassed
       by using arithmetic substitution instead of the parameter substitution,
       i.e. ‘${float}’ uses  the  defined  format,  but  ‘$((float))’  uses  a
       generic floating point format.

       Promotion of integer to floating point values is performed where neces-
       sary.  In addition, if any operator which  requires  an  integer  (‘~’,
       ‘&’,  ‘|’,  ‘^’, ‘%’, ‘<<’, ‘>>’ and their equivalents with assignment)
       is given a floating point argument, it will be silently rounded down to
       the next integer.

       Scalar variables can hold integer or floating point values at different
       times; there is no memory of the numeric type in this case.

       If a variable is first assigned in a numeric context without previously
       being  declared,  it  will  be implicitly typed as integer or float and
       retain that type either until the type is explicitly changed  or  until
       the  end  of  the  scope.   This can have unforeseen consequences.  For
       example, in the loop

              for (( f = 0; f < 1; f += 0.1 )); do
              # use $f
              done

       if f has not already been declared, the first assignment will cause  it
       to  be created as an integer, and consequently the operation ‘f += 0.1’
       will always cause the result to be truncated to zero, so that the  loop
       will  fail.  A simple fix would be to turn the initialization into ‘f =
       0.0’.  It is therefore best to declare numeric variables with  explicit
       types.


CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS

       A  conditional  expression is used with the [[ compound command to test
       attributes of files and to compare strings.   Each  expression  can  be
       constructed  from  one or more of the following unary or binary expres-
       sions:

       -a file
              true if file exists.

       -b file
              true if file exists and is a block special file.

       -c file
              true if file exists and is a character special file.

       -d file
              true if file exists and is a directory.

       -e file
              true if file exists.

       -f file
              true if file exists and is a regular file.

       -g file
              true if file exists and has its setgid bit set.

       -h file
              true if file exists and is a symbolic link.

       -k file
              true if file exists and has its sticky bit set.

       -n string
              true if length of string is non-zero.

       -o option
              true if option named option is on.  option may be a single char-
              acter,  in  which  case it is a single letter option name.  (See
              the section ‘Specifying Options’.)

       -p file
              true if file exists and is a FIFO special file (named pipe).

       -r file
              true if file exists and is readable by current process.

       -s file
              true if file exists and has size greater than zero.

       -t fd  true if file descriptor number fd is open and associated with  a
              terminal device.  (note: fd is not optional)

       -u file
              true if file exists and has its setuid bit set.

       -w file
              true if file exists and is writable by current process.

       -x file
              true  if  file  exists and is executable by current process.  If
              file exists and is a directory, then  the  current  process  has
              permission to search in the directory.

       -z string
              true if length of string is zero.

       -L file
              true if file exists and is a symbolic link.

       -O file
              true  if  file  exists  and is owned by the effective user ID of
              this process.

       -G file
              true if file exists and its group matches the effective group ID
              of this process.

       -S file
              true if file exists and is a socket.

       -N file
              true  if  file  exists and its access time is not newer than its
              modification time.

       file1 -nt file2
              true if file1 exists and is newer than file2.

       file1 -ot file2
              true if file1 exists and is older than file2.

       file1 -ef file2
              true if file1 and file2 exist and refer to the same file.

       string = pattern
       string == pattern
              true if string matches pattern.  The ‘==’ form is the  preferred
              one.   The  ‘=’ form is for backward compatibility and should be
              considered obsolete.

       string != pattern
              true if string does not match pattern.

       string1 < string2
              true if string1 comes before string2 based  on  ASCII  value  of
              their characters.

       string1 > string2
              true  if  string1  comes  after  string2 based on ASCII value of
              their characters.

       exp1 -eq exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically equal to exp2.

       exp1 -ne exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically not equal to exp2.

       exp1 -lt exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically less than exp2.

       exp1 -gt exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically greater than exp2.

       exp1 -le exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically less than or equal to exp2.

       exp1 -ge exp2
              true if exp1 is numerically greater than or equal to exp2.

       ( exp )
              true if exp is true.

       ! exp  true if exp is false.

       exp1 && exp2
              true if exp1 and exp2 are both true.

       exp1 || exp2
              true if either exp1 or exp2 is true.

       Normal shell expansion is performed on the  file,  string  and  pattern
       arguments, but the result of each expansion is constrained to be a sin-
       gle word, similar to the effect of  double  quotes.   However,  pattern
       metacharacters  are  active for the pattern arguments; the patterns are
       the same as those used for filename  generation,  see  zshexpn(1),  but
       there  is  no  special  behaviour  of ‘/’ nor initial dots, and no glob
       qualifiers are allowed.

       In each of the above expressions, if file is of the  form  ‘/dev/fd/n’,
       where  n  is  an  integer, then the test applied to the open file whose
       descriptor number is n, even if the underlying system does not  support
       the /dev/fd directory.

       In  the  forms which do numeric comparison, the expressions exp undergo
       arithmetic expansion as if they were enclosed in $((...)).

       For example, the following:

              [[ ( -f foo || -f bar ) && $report = y* ]] && print File exists.

       tests if either file foo or file bar exists, and if so, if the value of
       the  parameter  report  begins  with  ‘y’; if the complete condition is
       true, the message ‘File exists.’ is printed.


PROMPT EXPANSION

       Prompt sequences undergo a special form of  expansion.   This  type  of
       expansion is also available using the -P option to the print builtin.

       If the PROMPT_SUBST option is set, the prompt string is first subjected
       to parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic  expansion.
       See zshexpn(1).

       Certain escape sequences may be recognised in the prompt string.

       If  the  PROMPT_BANG  option is set, a ‘!’ in the prompt is replaced by
       the current history event number.  A literal ‘!’  may  then  be  repre-
       sented as ‘!!’.

       If  the  PROMPT_PERCENT  option  is  set, certain escape sequences that
       start with ‘%’ are expanded.  Some escapes  take  an  optional  integer
       argument, which should appear between the ‘%’ and the next character of
       the sequence.  The following escape sequences are recognized:


   Special characters
       %%     A ‘%’.

       %)     A ‘)’.


   Login information
       %l     The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without ‘/dev/’ prefix.
              If the name starts with ‘/dev/tty’, that prefix is stripped.

       %M     The full machine hostname.

       %m     The hostname up to the first ‘.’.  An integer may follow the ‘%’
              to specify how many components  of  the  hostname  are  desired.
              With a negative integer, trailing components of the hostname are
              shown.

       %n     $USERNAME.

       %y     The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without ‘/dev/’ prefix.
              This does not treat ‘/dev/tty’ names specially.


   Shell state
       %#     A  ‘#’  if  the  shell is running with privileges, a ‘%’ if not.
              Equivalent to ‘%(!.#.%%)’.  The definition of ‘privileged’,  for
              these  purposes,  is  that either the effective user ID is zero,
              or, if POSIX.1e capabilities are supported, that  at  least  one
              capability  is  raised  in  either  the Effective or Inheritable
              capability vectors.

       %?     The return code of the last command  executed  just  before  the
              prompt.

       %_     The  status  of the parser, i.e. the shell constructs (like ‘if’
              and ‘for’) that have been started on the command line. If  given
              an  integer  number  that  many strings will be printed; zero or
              negative or no integer means print as many as there  are.   This
              is most useful in prompts PS2 for continuation lines and PS4 for
              debugging with the XTRACE option; in the  latter  case  it  will
              also work non-interactively.

       %d
       %/     Present  working  directory  ($PWD).   If an integer follows the
              ‘%’, it specifies a number of trailing  components  of  $PWD  to
              show;  zero  means the whole path.  A negative integer specifies
              leading components, i.e. %-1d specifies the first component.

       %~     As %d and %/, but if $PWD has a named directory as  its  prefix,
              that  part  is  replaced  by  a  ‘~’ followed by the name of the
              directory.  If it starts with $HOME, that part is replaced by  a
              ‘~’.

       %h
       %!     Current history event number.

       %i     The  line number currently being executed in the script, sourced
              file, or shell function given by %N.  This is  most  useful  for
              debugging as part of $PS4.

       %j     The number of jobs.

       %L     The current value of $SHLVL.

       %N     The name of the script, sourced file, or shell function that zsh
              is currently executing, whichever was started most recently.  If
              there is none, this is equivalent to the parameter $0.  An inte-
              ger may follow the ‘%’ to specify a number of trailing path com-
              ponents  to  show; zero means the full path.  A negative integer
              specifies leading components.

       %c
       %.
       %C     Trailing component of $PWD.  An integer may follow  the  ‘%’  to
              get  more  than  one component.  Unless ‘%C’ is used, tilde con-
              traction is performed first.  These are deprecated as %c and  %C
              are equivalent to %1~ and %1/, respectively, while explicit pos-
              itive integers have the  same  effect  as  for  the  latter  two
              sequences.


   Date and time
       %D     The date in yy-mm-dd format.

       %T     Current time of day, in 24-hour format.

       %t
       %@     Current time of day, in 12-hour, am/pm format.

       %*     Current time of day in 24-hour format, with seconds.

       %w     The date in day-dd format.

       %W     The date in mm/dd/yy format.

       %D{string}
              string  is  formatted  using  the  strftime function.  See strf-
              time(3) for more details.  Three additional codes are available:
              %f  prints the day of the month, like %e but without any preced-
              ing space if the day is a single digit, and %K/%L correspond  to
              %k/%l  for  the  hour  of the day (24/12 hour clock) in the same
              way.


   Visual effects
       %B (%b)
              Start (stop) boldface mode.

       %E     Clear to end of line.

       %U (%u)
              Start (stop) underline mode.

       %S (%s)
              Start (stop) standout mode.

       %{...%}
              Include a string as  a  literal  escape  sequence.   The  string
              within  the braces should not change the cursor position.  Brace
              pairs can nest.


   Conditional substrings
       %v     The value of the first element of  the  psvar  array  parameter.
              Following  the  ‘%’  with  an  integer gives that element of the
              array.  Negative integers count from the end of the array.

       %(x.true-text.false-text)
              Specifies a ternary expression.  The character following  the  x
              is  arbitrary;  the  same character is used to separate the text
              for the ‘true’ result from that for the  ‘false’  result.   This
              separator  may  not appear in the true-text, except as part of a
              %-escape sequence.  A ‘)’ may appear in the false-text as  ‘%)’.
              true-text  and  false-text  may  both contain arbitrarily-nested
              escape sequences, including further ternary expressions.

              The left parenthesis may be preceded or followed by  a  positive
              integer  n,  which defaults to zero.  A negative integer will be
              multiplied by -1.  The test character x may be any of  the  fol-
              lowing:

              !      True if the shell is running with privileges.
              #      True if the effective uid of the current process is n.
              ?      True if the exit status of the last command was n.
              _      True if at least n shell constructs were started.
              C
              /      True if the current absolute path has at least n elements
                     relative to the root directory, hence / is counted  as  0
                     elements.
              c
              .
              ~      True if the current path, with prefix replacement, has at
                     least n elements relative to the root directory, hence  /
                     is counted as 0 elements.
              D      True if the month is equal to n (January = 0).
              d      True if the day of the month is equal to n.
              g      True if the effective gid of the current process is n.
              j      True if the number of jobs is at least n.
              L      True if the SHLVL parameter is at least n.
              l      True  if  at least n characters have already been printed
                     on the current line.
              S      True if the SECONDS parameter is at least n.
              T      True if the time in hours is equal to n.
              t      True if the time in minutes is equal to n.
              v      True if the array psvar has at least n elements.
              w      True if the day of the week is equal to n (Sunday = 0).

       %<string<
       %>string>
       %[xstring]
              Specifies truncation behaviour for the remainder of  the  prompt
              string.    The   third,   deprecated,   form  is  equivalent  to
              ‘%xstringx’, i.e. x may be ‘<’ or ‘>’.   The  numeric  argument,
              which  in  the  third form may appear immediately after the ‘[’,
              specifies the maximum permitted length of  the  various  strings
              that  can  be  displayed in the prompt.  The string will be dis-
              played in place of the truncated portion  of  any  string;  note
              this does not undergo prompt expansion.

              The  forms  with ‘<’ truncate at the left of the string, and the
              forms with ‘>’ truncate at the right of the string.   For  exam-
              ple,  if  the  current  directory  is  ‘/home/pike’,  the prompt
              ‘%8<..<%/’ will expand to ‘..e/pike’.  In this string, the  ter-
              minating  character (‘<’, ‘>’ or ‘]’), or in fact any character,
              may be quoted by a preceding ‘\’; note when using print -P, how-
              ever, that this must be doubled as the string is also subject to
              standard  print  processing,  in  addition  to  any  backslashes
              removed  by a double quoted string:  the worst case is therefore
              ‘print -P "%<\\\\<<..."’.

              If the string is longer than the specified truncation length, it
              will  appear in full, completely replacing the truncated string.

              The part of the prompt string to be truncated runs to the end of
              the  string,  or  to  the end of the next enclosing group of the
              ‘%(’ construct, or to the next  truncation  encountered  at  the
              same  grouping  level  (i.e. truncations inside a ‘%(’ are sepa-
              rate), which ever comes first.  In particular, a truncation with
              argument  zero  (e.g.  ‘%<<’)  marks the end of the range of the
              string to be truncated while turning off truncation  from  there
              on.  For  example,  the  prompt  ’%10<...<%~%<<%# ’ will print a
              truncated representation of the current directory, followed by a
              ‘%’  or  ‘#’, followed by a space.  Without the ‘%<<’, those two
              characters would be included in the string to be truncated.
ZSHEXPN(1)                                                          ZSHEXPN(1)




NAME

       zshexpn - zsh expansion and substitution


DESCRIPTION

       The following types of expansions are performed in the indicated  order
       in five steps:

       History Expansion
              This is performed only in interactive shells.

       Alias Expansion
              Aliases  are  expanded  immediately  before  the command line is
              parsed as explained under Aliasing in zshmisc(1).

       Process Substitution
       Parameter Expansion
       Command Substitution
       Arithmetic Expansion
       Brace Expansion
              These five are performed in one step in  left-to-right  fashion.
              After  these expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the charac-
              ters ‘\’, ‘â€â€™â€™ and ‘"’ are removed.

       Filename Expansion
              If the SH_FILE_EXPANSION option is set, the order  of  expansion
              is  modified  for  compatibility  with sh and ksh.  In that case
              filename expansion is performed immediately after  alias  expan-
              sion, preceding the set of five expansions mentioned above.

       Filename Generation
              This expansion, commonly referred to as globbing, is always done
              last.

       The following sections explain the types of expansion in detail.



HISTORY EXPANSION

       History expansion allows you to use words from previous  command  lines
       in  the  command line you are typing.  This simplifies spelling correc-
       tions and the repetition of complicated commands or arguments.  Immedi-
       ately  before execution, each command is saved in the history list, the
       size of which is controlled by the HISTSIZE parameter.   The  one  most
       recent  command  is always retained in any case.  Each saved command in
       the history list is called a history event and is  assigned  a  number,
       beginning  with  1  (one) when the shell starts up.  The history number
       that you may see in your prompt (see Prompt Expansion in zshmisc(1)) is
       the number that is to be assigned to the next command.


   Overview
       A  history  expansion  begins with the first character of the histchars
       parameter, which is ‘!’ by default, and may occur anywhere on the  com-
       mand line; history expansions do not nest.  The ‘!’ can be escaped with
       ‘\’ or can be enclosed between a pair of single quotes (â€â€™â€â€™) to suppress
       its  special meaning.  Double quotes will not work for this.  Following
       this history character is an optional event designator (see the section
       ‘Event  Designators’) and then an optional word designator (the section
       ‘Word Designators’); if neither of these  designators  is  present,  no
       history expansion occurs.

       Input  lines  containing  history  expansions  are  echoed  after being
       expanded, but before any other expansions take  place  and  before  the
       command  is executed.  It is this expanded form that is recorded as the
       history event for later references.

       By default, a history reference with no event designator refers to  the
       same  event as any preceding history reference on that command line; if
       it is the only history reference in a command, it refers to the  previ-
       ous  command.   However,  if the option CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY is set, then
       every history reference with no event specification  always  refers  to
       the previous command.

       For  example,  ‘!’ is the event designator for the previous command, so
       ‘!!:1’ always refers to the first word of  the  previous  command,  and
       ‘!!$’  always  refers  to  the last word of the previous command.  With
       CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY set, then ‘!:1’ and ‘!$’ function in the same manner
       as  ‘!!:1’  and ‘!!$’, respectively.  Conversely, if CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY
       is unset, then ‘!:1’ and ‘!$’  refer  to  the  first  and  last  words,
       respectively, of the same event referenced by the nearest other history
       reference preceding them on the current command line, or to the  previ-
       ous command if there is no preceding reference.

       The  character  sequence  ‘^foo^bar’  (where ‘^’ is actually the second
       character of the histchars parameter) repeats the last command, replac-
       ing  the string foo with bar.  More precisely, the sequence ‘^foo^bar^’
       is synonymous with ‘!!:s^foo^bar^’, hence other modifiers (see the sec-
       tion ‘Modifiers’) may follow the final ‘^’.

       If  the shell encounters the character sequence ‘!"’  in the input, the
       history mechanism is temporarily disabled until the current  list  (see
       zshmisc(1))  is  fully parsed.  The ‘!"’ is removed from the input, and
       any subsequent ‘!’ characters have no special significance.

       A less convenient but more comprehensible form of command history  sup-
       port is provided by the fc builtin.

   Event Designators
       An  event designator is a reference to a command-line entry in the his-
       tory list.  In the list below, remember that the initial  â€â€˜!â€â€™  in  each
       item  may  be  changed  to  another  character by setting the histchars
       parameter.

       !      Start a history expansion, except when followed by a blank, new-
              line,  ‘=’ or ‘(’.  If followed immediately by a word designator
              (see the section ‘Word Designators’), this forms a history  ref-
              erence with no event designator (see the section ‘Overview’).

       !!     Refer  to  the  previous  command.   By  itself,  this expansion
              repeats the previous command.

       !n     Refer to command-line n.

       !-n    Refer to the current command-line minus n.

       !str   Refer to the most recent command starting with str.

       !?str[?]
              Refer to the most recent command containing str.   The  trailing
              ‘?’  is necessary if this reference is to be followed by a modi-
              fier or followed by any text that is not to be  considered  part
              of str.

       !#     Refer  to the current command line typed in so far.  The line is
              treated as if it were complete up  to  and  including  the  word
              before the one with the ‘!#’ reference.

       !{...} Insulate a history reference from adjacent characters (if neces-
              sary).

   Word Designators
       A word designator indicates which word or words of a given command line
       are to be included in a history reference.  A ‘:’ usually separates the
       event specification from the word designator.  It may be  omitted  only
       if  the  word designator begins with a ‘^’, ‘$’, ‘*’, ‘-’ or ‘%’.  Word
       designators include:

       0      The first input word (command).
       n      The nth argument.
       ^      The first argument.  That is, 1.
       $      The last argument.
       %      The word matched by (the most recent) ?str search.
       x-y    A range of words; x defaults to 0.
       *      All the arguments, or a null value if there are none.
       x*     Abbreviates ‘x-$’.
       x-     Like ‘x*’ but omitting word $.

       Note that a ‘%’ word designator works only when used in  one  of  ‘!%’,
       ‘!:%’  or ‘!?str?:%’, and only when used after a !? expansion (possibly
       in an earlier command).  Anything else results in  an  error,  although
       the error may not be the most obvious one.

   Modifiers
       After  the  optional  word designator, you can add a sequence of one or
       more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a ‘:’.   These  modi-
       fiers  also  work  on  the  result of filename generation and parameter
       expansion, except where noted.

       h      Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving  the  head.   This
              works like ‘dirname’.

       r      Remove a filename extension of the form ‘.xxx’, leaving the root
              name.

       e      Remove all but the extension.

       t      Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail.   This
              works like ‘basename’.

       p      Print  the  new  command but do not execute it.  Only works with
              history expansion.

       q      Quote the substituted  words,  escaping  further  substitutions.
              Works with history expansion and parameter expansion, though for
              parameters it is only useful if the  resulting  text  is  to  be
              re-evaluated such as by eval.

       Q      Remove one level of quotes from the substituted words.

       x      Like  q, but break into words at whitespace.  Does not work with
              parameter expansion.

       l      Convert the words to all lowercase.

       u      Convert the words to all uppercase.

       s/l/r[/]
              Substitute r for l as described below.  Unless preceded  immedi-
              ately  by  a  g, with no colon between, the substitution is done
              only for the first string that matches l.  For  arrays  and  for
              filename  generation,  this applies to each word of the expanded
              text.

       &      Repeat the previous s substitution.  Like  s,  may  be  preceded
              immediately  by  a  g.  In parameter expansion the & must appear
              inside braces, and in filename generation it must be quoted with
              a backslash.

       The  s/l/r/  substitution works as follows.  The left-hand side of sub-
       stitutions are not regular expressions,  but  character  strings.   Any
       character  can  be  used as the delimiter in place of ‘/’.  A backslash
       quotes  the  delimiter  character.    The   character   ‘&’,   in   the
       right-hand-side  r,  is replaced by the text from the left-hand-side l.
       The ‘&’ can be quoted with a backslash.  A null  l  uses  the  previous
       string  either from the previous l or from the contextual scan string s
       from ‘!?s’.  You can omit the rightmost delimiter if a newline  immedi-
       ately  follows  r; the rightmost ‘?’ in a context scan can similarly be
       omitted.  Note the same record of the last l and r is maintained across
       all forms of expansion.

       The  following  f, F, w and W modifiers work only with parameter expan-
       sion and filename generation.  They are listed here to provide a single
       point of reference for all modifiers.

       f      Repeats  the  immediately  (without  a colon) following modifier
              until the resulting word doesn’t change any more.

       F:expr:
              Like f, but repeats only n times if the expression  expr  evalu-
              ates  to  n.   Any  character can be used instead of the ‘:’; if
              ‘(’, ‘[’, or ‘{’ is used as the opening delimiter,  the  closing
              delimiter should be ’)’, ‘]’, or ‘}’, respectively.

       w      Makes  the  immediately  following modifier work on each word in
              the string.

       W:sep: Like w but words are considered to be the parts  of  the  string
              that  are separated by sep. Any character can be used instead of
              the ‘:’; opening parentheses are handled specially, see above.


PROCESS SUBSTITUTION

       Each command argument of the form ‘<(list)’, ‘>(list)’ or ‘=(list)’  is
       subject  to process substitution.  In the case of the < or > forms, the
       shell runs process list asynchronously.  If  the  system  supports  the
       /dev/fd  mechanism, the command argument is the name of the device file
       corresponding to a file descriptor; otherwise, if the  system  supports
       named pipes (FIFOs), the command argument will be a named pipe.  If the
       form with > is selected then writing on this special file will  provide
       input for list.  If < is used, then the file passed as an argument will
       be connected to the output of the list process.  For example,

              paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) |
              tee >(process1) >(process2) >/dev/null

       cuts fields 1 and 3 from the files file1 and file2 respectively, pastes
       the  results  together, and sends it to the processes process1 and pro-
       cess2.

       If =(...) is used instead of <(...), then the file passed as  an  argu-
       ment  will be the name of a temporary file containing the output of the
       list process.  This may be used instead of the <  form  for  a  program
       that expects to lseek (see lseek(2)) on the input file.

       The = form is useful as both the /dev/fd and the named pipe implementa-
       tion of <(...) have drawbacks.  In the former case, some programmes may
       automatically  close  the  file descriptor in question before examining
       the file on the command line, particularly if  this  is  necessary  for
       security  reasons such as when the programme is running setuid.  In the
       second case, if the programme does not actually open the file, the sub-
       shell  attempting  to read from or write to the pipe will (in a typical
       implementation,  different  operating  systems   may   have   different
       behaviour)  block  for  ever and have to be killed explicitly.  In both
       cases, the shell actually supplies the information  using  a  pipe,  so
       that  programmes  that  expect to lseek (see lseek(2)) on the file will
       not work.

       Also note that the previous example can be  more  compactly  and  effi-
       ciently written (provided the MULTIOS option is set) as:

              paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) \
              > >(process1) > >(process2)

       The  shell uses pipes instead of FIFOs to implement the latter two pro-
       cess substitutions in the above example.

       There is an additional problem with >(process); when this  is  attached
       to  an  external command, the parent shell does not wait for process to
       finish and hence an immediately following command cannot  rely  on  the
       results  being  complete.   The  problem  and  solution are the same as
       described in the section MULTIOS in zshmisc(1).  Hence in a  simplified
       version of the example above:

              paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) > >(process)

       (note  that  no  MULTIOS  are  involved),  process  will  be  run asyn-
       chronously.  The workaround is:

              { paste <(cut -f1 file1) <(cut -f3 file2) } > >(process)

       The extra processes here are spawned from the parent shell  which  will
       wait for their completion.



PARAMETER EXPANSION

       The  character ‘$’ is used to introduce parameter expansions.  See zsh-
       param(1) for a description of parameters, including arrays, associative
       arrays, and subscript notation to access individual array elements.

       Note  in  particular the fact that words of unquoted parameters are not
       automatically split on whitespace unless the  option  SH_WORD_SPLIT  is
       set;  see references to this option below for more details.  This is an
       important difference from other shells.

       In the expansions discussed below that require a pattern, the  form  of
       the  pattern  is the same as that used for filename generation; see the
       section ‘Filename Generation’.  Note that these  patterns,  along  with
       the  replacement  text  of any substitutions, are themselves subject to
       parameter expansion, command substitution,  and  arithmetic  expansion.
       In  addition to the following operations, the colon modifiers described
       in the section ‘Modifiers’ in the section ‘History  Expansion’  can  be
       applied:   for example, ${i:s/foo/bar/} performs string substitution on
       the expansion of parameter $i.

       ${name}
              The value, if any, of the parameter name  is  substituted.   The
              braces are required if the expansion is to be followed by a let-
              ter, digit, or underscore that is not to be interpreted as  part
              of  name.   In  addition, more complicated forms of substitution
              usually require the braces to be present; exceptions, which only
              apply  if  the  option  KSH_ARRAYS is not set, are a single sub-
              script or any colon modifiers appearing after the name,  or  any
              of the characters ‘^’, ‘=’, ‘~’, ‘#’ or ‘+’ appearing before the
              name, all of which work with or without braces.

              If name is an array parameter, and the KSH_ARRAYS option is  not
              set,  then the value of each element of name is substituted, one
              element per word.  Otherwise, the expansion results in one  word
              only;  with  KSH_ARRAYS,  this is the first element of an array.
              No  field  splitting  is  done  on   the   result   unless   the
              SH_WORD_SPLIT option is set.

       ${+name}
              If  name is the name of a set parameter ‘1’ is substituted, oth-
              erwise ‘0’ is substituted.

       ${name:-word}
              If name is set and is non-null then substitute its value; other-
              wise substitute word. If name is missing, substitute word.

       ${name:=word}
       ${name::=word}
              In  the  first  form, if name is unset or is null then set it to
              word; in the second form, unconditionally set name to word.   In
              both forms, the value of the parameter is then substituted.

       ${name:?word}
              If name is set and is non-null then substitute its value; other-
              wise, print word and exit from the  shell.   Interactive  shells
              instead  return to the prompt.  If word is omitted, then a stan-
              dard message is printed.

       ${name:+word}
              If name is set and is non-null then substitute  word;  otherwise
              substitute nothing.

       If  the colon is omitted from one of the above expressions containing a
       colon, then the shell only checks whether name is set, not whether  its
       value is null.

       In  the  following expressions, when name is an array and the substitu-
       tion is not quoted, or if the ‘(@)’ flag or the name[@] syntax is used,
       matching and replacement is performed on each array element separately.

       ${name#pattern}
       ${name##pattern}
              If the pattern matches the beginning of the value of name,  then
              substitute  the  value of name with the matched portion deleted;
              otherwise, just substitute the value  of  name.   In  the  first
              form,  the smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second
              form, the largest matching pattern is preferred.

       ${name%pattern}
       ${name%%pattern}
              If the pattern matches the end of the value of name,  then  sub-
              stitute the value of name with the matched portion deleted; oth-
              erwise, just substitute the value of name.  In the  first  form,
              the  smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second form,
              the largest matching pattern is preferred.

       ${name:#pattern}
              If the pattern matches the value of name,  then  substitute  the
              empty  string; otherwise, just substitute the value of name.  If
              name is an array the matching array elements  are  removed  (use
              the ‘(M)’ flag to remove the non-matched elements).

       ${name/pattern/repl}
       ${name//pattern/repl}
              Replace  the  longest possible match of pattern in the expansion
              of parameter name by string repl.  The first form replaces  just
              the  first  occurrence,  the  second form all occurrences.  Both
              pattern and repl are subject to double-quoted  substitution,  so
              that  expressions  like  ${name/$opat/$npat} will work, but note
              the usual rule that pattern characters in $opat are not  treated
              specially  unless  either the option GLOB_SUBST is set, or $opat
              is instead substituted as ${~opat}.

              The pattern may begin with a ‘#’, in which case the pattern must
              match  at the start of the string, or ‘%’, in which case it must
              match at the end of the  string.   The  repl  may  be  an  empty
              string,  in  which  case  the final ‘/’ may also be omitted.  To
              quote the final ‘/’ in other cases it should be  preceded  by  a
              single backslash; this is not necessary if the ‘/’ occurs inside
              a substituted parameter.  Note also that the ‘#’ and ‘%’ are not
              active if they occur inside a substituted parameter, even at the
              start.

              The first ‘/’ may be preceded by a ‘:’, in which case the  match
              will  only succeed if it matches the entire word.  Note also the
              effect of the I and S parameter expansion flags below;  however,
              the flags M, R, B, E and N are not useful.

              For example,

                     foo="twinkle twinkle little star" sub="t*e" rep="spy"
                     print ${foo//${~sub}/$rep}
                     print ${(S)foo//${~sub}/$rep}

              Here, the ‘~’ ensures that the text of $sub is treated as a pat-
              tern rather than a plain string.  In the first case, the longest
              match for t*e is substituted and the result is ‘spy star’, while
              in the second case, the  shortest  matches  are  taken  and  the
              result is ‘spy spy lispy star’.

       ${#spec}
              If spec is one of the above substitutions, substitute the length
              in characters of the result instead of the  result  itself.   If
              spec  is  an array expression, substitute the number of elements
              of the result.  Note that ‘^’, ‘=’, and ‘~’, below, must  appear
              to the left of ‘#’ when these forms are combined.

       ${^spec}
              Turn  on  the RC_EXPAND_PARAM option for the evaluation of spec;
              if the ‘^’ is doubled, turn it off.  When this  option  is  set,
              array expansions of the form foo${xx}bar, where the parameter xx
              is set to  (a  b  c),  are  substituted  with  ‘fooabar  foobbar
              foocbar’ instead of the default ‘fooa b cbar’.

              Internally, each such expansion is converted into the equivalent
              list   for   brace    expansion.     E.g.,    ${^var}    becomes
              {$var[1],$var[2],...}, and is processed as described in the sec-
              tion ‘Brace Expansion’ below.  If  word  splitting  is  also  in
              effect  the  $var[N] may themselves be split into different list
              elements.

       ${=spec}
              Perform word splitting using the rules for SH_WORD_SPLIT  during
              the  evaluation of spec, but regardless of whether the parameter
              appears in double quotes; if the ‘=’ is doubled,  turn  it  off.
              This forces parameter expansions to be split into separate words
              before substitution, using IFS as a delimiter.  This is done  by
              default in most other shells.

              Note  that  splitting is applied to word in the assignment forms
              of spec before  the  assignment  to  name  is  performed.   This
              affects the result of array assignments with the A flag.

       ${~spec}
              Turn on the GLOB_SUBST option for the evaluation of spec; if the
              ‘~’ is doubled, turn it off.   When  this  option  is  set,  the
              string  resulting  from  the  expansion will be interpreted as a
              pattern anywhere that is possible, such as in filename expansion
              and  filename  generation and pattern-matching contexts like the
              right hand side of the ‘=’ and ‘!=’ operators in conditions.

       If a ${...} type parameter expression or a $(...) type command  substi-
       tution  is  used  in  place of name above, it is expanded first and the
       result is used as if it were the value of name.  Thus it is possible to
       perform  nested  operations:  ${${foo#head}%tail} substitutes the value
       of $foo with both ‘head’ and ‘tail’ deleted.  The form with  $(...)  is
       often  useful  in  combination  with  the flags described next; see the
       examples below.  Each name or nested ${...} in  a  parameter  expansion
       may  also  be  followed by a subscript expression as described in Array
       Parameters in zshparam(1).

       Note that double quotes may appear around nested expressions, in  which
       case   only  the  part  inside  is  treated  as  quoted;  for  example,
       ${(f)"$(foo)"} quotes the result of $(foo), but  the  flag  ‘(f)’  (see
       below)  is  applied using the rules for unquoted expansions.  Note fur-
       ther that quotes are themselves nested in this context; for example, in
       "${(@f)"$(foo)"}",  there  are  two sets of quotes, one surrounding the
       whole expression, the  other  (redundant)  surrounding  the  $(foo)  as
       before.


   Parameter Expansion Flags
       If  the  opening  brace is directly followed by an opening parenthesis,
       the string up to the matching closing parenthesis will be  taken  as  a
       list of flags.  In cases where repeating a flag is meaningful, the rep-
       etitions need not be consecutive; for example, ‘(q%q%q)’ means the same
       thing  as  the  more  readable ‘(%%qqq)’.  The following flags are sup-
       ported:

       %      Expand all % escapes in the resulting words in the same  way  as
              in in prompts (see the section ‘Prompt Expansion’). If this flag
              is given twice, full prompt expansion is done on  the  resulting
              words,   depending   on   the  setting  of  the  PROMPT_PERCENT,
              PROMPT_SUBST and PROMPT_BANG options.

       @      In double quotes, array elements are put  into  separate  words.
              E.g.,   ‘"${(@)foo}"’   is   equivalent   to  ‘"${foo[@]}"’  and
              ‘"${(@)foo[1,2]}"’ is the same as ‘"$foo[1]"  "$foo[2]"’.   This
              is  distinct  from  field  splitting by the the f, s or z flags,
              which still applies within each array element.

       A      Create an array parameter with  ‘${...=...}’,  ‘${...:=...}’  or
              ‘${...::=...}’.   If  this flag is repeated (as in ‘AA’), create
              an associative array parameter.  Assignment is made before sort-
              ing  or  padding.   The name part may be a subscripted range for
              ordinary arrays; the word part must be converted  to  an  array,
              for example by using ‘${(AA)=name=...}’ to activate field split-
              ting, when creating an associative array.

       a      With o or O, sort in array index order. Note that ‘oa’ is there-
              fore  equivalent to the default but ‘Oa’ is useful for obtaining
              an array’s elements in reverse order.

       c      With ${#name}, count the total number of characters in an array,
              as if the elements were concatenated with spaces between them.

       C      Capitalize  the resulting words.  ‘Words’ in this case refers to
              sequences of alphanumeric characters separated  by  non-alphanu-
              merics, not to words that result from field splitting.

       e      Perform parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic
              expansion on the result. Such expansions can be nested  but  too
              deep recursion may have unpredictable effects.

       f      Split  the result of the expansion to lines. This is a shorthand
              for ‘ps:\n:’.

       F      Join the words of arrays together using newline as a  separator.
              This is a shorthand for ‘pj:\n:’.

       i      With o or O, sort case-independently.

       k      If  name  refers  to  an  associative array, substitute the keys
              (element names) rather than the values of  the  elements.   Used
              with  subscripts  (including  ordinary arrays), force indices or
              keys to be substituted even if the subscript form refers to val-
              ues.   However,  this  flag  may  not be combined with subscript
              ranges.

       L      Convert all letters in the result to lower case.

       n      With o or O, sort numerically.

       o      Sort the resulting words in ascending order.

       O      Sort the resulting words in descending order.

       P      This forces the value of the parameter name to be interpreted as
              a  further parameter name, whose value will be used where appro-
              priate. If used with a nested parameter or command substitution,
              the result of that will be taken as a parameter name in the same
              way.  For example, if you  have  ‘foo=bar’  and  ‘bar=baz’,  the
              strings  ${(P)foo},  ${(P)${foo}}, and ${(P)$(echo bar)} will be
              expanded to ‘baz’.

       q      Quote the resulting words with  backslashes.  If  this  flag  is
              given twice, the resulting words are quoted in single quotes and
              if it is given three times,  the  words  are  quoted  in  double
              quotes.  If it is given four times, the words are quoted in sin-
              gle quotes preceded by a $.

       Q      Remove one level of quotes from the resulting words.

       t      Use a string describing the type  of  the  parameter  where  the
              value  of  the  parameter  would  usually  appear.  This  string
              consists of keywords separated by hyphens (‘-’). The first  key-
              word  in  the  string  describes the main type, it can be one of
              ‘scalar’, ‘array’,  ‘integer’,  ‘float’  or  ‘association’.  The
              other keywords describe the type in more detail:

              local  for local parameters

              left   for left justified parameters

              right_blanks
                     for right justified parameters with leading blanks

              right_zeros
                     for right justified parameters with leading zeros

              lower  for parameters whose value is converted to all lower case
                     when it is expanded

              upper  for parameters whose value is converted to all upper case
                     when it is expanded

              readonly
                     for readonly parameters

              tag    for tagged parameters

              export for exported parameters

              unique for arrays which keep only the first occurrence of dupli-
                     cated values

              hide   for parameters with the ‘hide’ flag

              special
                     for special parameters defined by the shell

       u      Expand only the first occurrence of each unique word.

       U      Convert all letters in the result to upper case.

       v      Used with k, substitute (as two consecutive words) both the  key
              and the value of each associative array element.  Used with sub-
              scripts, force values to be substituted even  if  the  subscript
              form refers to indices or keys.

       V      Make any special characters in the resulting words visible.

       w      With  ${#name}, count words in arrays or strings; the s flag may
              be used to set a word delimiter.

       W      Similar to w  with  the  difference  that  empty  words  between
              repeated delimiters are also counted.

       X      With  this  flag parsing errors occurring with the Q and e flags
              or the pattern matching  forms  such  as  ‘${name#pattern}’  are
              reported. Without the flag they are silently ignored.

       z      Split the result of the expansion into words using shell parsing
              to find the words, i.e. taking into account any quoting  in  the
              value.

              Note  that  this is done very late, as for the ‘(s)’ flag. So to
              access single words in the result, one has to use nested  expan-
              sions as in ‘${${(z)foo}[2]}’. Likewise, to remove the quotes in
              the resulting words one would do: ‘${(Q)${(z)foo}}’.

       The following flags (except p) are followed by one or more arguments as
       shown.  Any character, or the matching pairs ‘(...)’, ‘{...}’, ‘[...]’,
       or ‘<...>’, may be used in place of a colon  as  delimiters,  but  note
       that when a flag takes more than one argument, a matched pair of delim-
       iters must surround each argument.

       p      Recognize the same escape sequences  as  the  print  builtin  in
              string arguments to any of the flags described below.

       j:string:
              Join  the  words of arrays together using string as a separator.
              Note  that  this  occurs   before   field   splitting   by   the
              SH_WORD_SPLIT option.

       l:expr::string1::string2:
              Pad  the  resulting  words on the left.  Each word will be trun-
              cated if required and placed in a field  expr  characters  wide.
              The  space to the left will be filled with string1 (concatenated
              as often as needed) or spaces if string1 is not given.  If  both
              string1  and  string2  are  given,  this string is inserted once
              directly to the left of each word, before padding.

       r:expr::string1::string2:
              As l, but pad the words on the right and insert string2  on  the
              right.

       s:string:
              Force field splitting (see the option SH_WORD_SPLIT) at the sep-
              arator string.  Note that a string of  two  or  more  characters
              means  all  must  all  match  in sequence; this differs from the
              treatment of two or more characters in the IFS parameter.

       The following flags are meaningful with the  ${...#...}  or  ${...%...}
       forms.  The S and I flags may also be used with the ${.../...} forms.

       S      Search  substrings  as  well as beginnings or ends; with # start
              from the beginning and with % start from the end of the  string.
              With  substitution  via  ${.../...}  or  ${...//...},  specifies
              non-greedy matching, i.e.  that  the  shortest  instead  of  the
              longest match should be replaced.

       I:expr:
              Search  the  exprth  match  (where  expr evaluates to a number).
              This only applies when searching for substrings, either with the
              S  flag,  or  with  ${.../...} (only the exprth match is substi-
              tuted) or ${...//...} (all matches from the exprth on  are  sub-
              stituted).  The default is to take the first match.

              The  exprth  match  is  counted such that there is either one or
              zero matches from each starting position in the string, although
              for  global  substitution  matches overlapping previous replace-
              ments are ignored.  With the ${...%...} and  ${...%%...}  forms,
              the starting position for the match moves backwards from the end
              as the index increases, while with the other forms it moves for-
              ward from the start.

              Hence with the string
                     which switch is the right switch for Ipswich?
              substitutions  of  the form ${(SI:N:)string#w*ch} as N increases
              from 1 will match  and  remove  ‘which’,  ‘witch’,  ‘witch’  and
              ‘wich’;  the form using ‘##’ will match and remove ‘which switch
              is the right switch for Ipswich’, ‘witch is the right switch for
              Ipswich’,  ‘witch  for  Ipswich’  and ‘wich’. The form using ‘%’
              will remove the same matches as for ‘#’, but in  reverse  order,
              and the form using ‘%%’ will remove the same matches as for ‘##’
              in reverse order.

       B      Include the index of the beginning of the match in the result.

       E      Include the index of the end of the match in the result.

       M      Include the matched portion in the result.

       N      Include the length of the match in the result.

       R      Include the unmatched portion in the result (the Rest).


   Rules
       Here is a summary of the rules  for  substitution;  this  assumes  that
       braces are present around the substitution, i.e. ${...}.  Some particu-
       lar examples are given below.  Note  that  the  Zsh  Development  Group
       accepts  no  responsibility for any brain damage which may occur during
       the reading of the following rules.

       1. Nested Substitution
              If multiple nested ${...} forms  are  present,  substitution  is
              performed  from the inside outwards.  At each level, the substi-
              tution takes account of whether the current value is a scalar or
              an  array,  whether  the whole substitution is in double quotes,
              and what flags are supplied to the current  level  of  substitu-
              tion,  just  as  if  the nested substitution were the outermost.
              The flags are not propagated up to enclosing substitutions;  the
              nested  substitution  will return either a scalar or an array as
              determined by the flags, possibly adjusted for quoting.  All the
              following  steps  take  place  where applicable at all levels of
              substitution.  Note that, unless the ‘(P)’ flag is present,  the
              flags  and  any  subscripts  apply  directly to the value of the
              nested  substitution;  for  example,  the  expansion   ${${foo}}
              behaves exactly the same as ${foo}.

       2. Parameter Subscripting
              If the value is a raw parameter reference with a subscript, such
              as ${var[3]}, the effect of subscripting is applied directly  to
              the  parameter.   Subscripts are evaluated left to right; subse-
              quent subscripts apply to the scalar or array value  yielded  by
              the  previous  subscript.  Thus if var is an array, ${var[1][2]}
              is the second character of the first word, but ${var[2,4][2]} is
              the entire third word (the second word of the range of words two
              through four of the original array).  Any number  of  subscripts
              may appear.

       3. Parameter Name Replacement
              The  effect  of any (P) flag, which treats the value so far as a
              parameter name and replaces it with the corresponding value,  is
              applied.

       4. Double-Quoted Joining
              If  the  value after this process is an array, and the substitu-
              tion appears in double quotes, and no (@) flag is present at the
              current  level, the words of the value are joined with the first
              character of the parameter $IFS, by  default  a  space,  between
              each  word  (single  word  arrays are not modified).  If the (j)
              flag is present, that is used for joining instead of $IFS.

       5. Nested Subscripting
              Any remaining subscripts (i.e. of  a  nested  substitution)  are
              evaluated  at this point, based on whether the value is an array
              or a scalar.  As with 2., multiple subscripts can appear.   Note
              that  ${foo[2,4][2]} is thus equivalent to ${${foo[2,4]}[2]} and
              also to "${${(@)foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the nested substitution  returns
              an  array  in  both  cases), but not to "${${foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the
              nested substitution returns a scalar because of the quotes).

       6. Modifiers
              Any modifiers, as specified by a trailing ‘#’, ‘%’, ‘/’  (possi-
              bly  doubled) or by a set of modifiers of the form :... (see the
              section ‘Modifiers’ in the  section  ‘History  Expansion’),  are
              applied to the words of the value at this level.

       7. Forced Joining
              If  the  ‘(j)’  flag is present, or no ‘(j)’ flag is present but
              the string is to be split as given by rules 8. or 9., and  join-
              ing  did  not  take place at step 4., any words in the value are
              joined together using the given string or the first character of
              $IFS  if  none.   Note that the ‘(F)’ flag implicitly supplies a
              string for joining in this manner.

       8. Forced Splitting
              If one of the ‘(s)’, ‘(f)’ or ‘(z)’ flags are  present,  or  the
              ‘=’  specifier  was present (e.g. ${=var}), the word is split on
              occurrences of the specified string, or (for = with  neither  of
              the two flags present) any of the characters in $IFS.

       9. Shell Word Splitting
              If  no ‘(s)’, ‘(f)’ or ‘=’ was given, but the word is not quoted
              and the option SH_WORD_SPLIT  is  set,  the  word  is  split  on
              occurrences  of  any of the characters in $IFS.  Note this step,
              too, takes place at all levels of a nested substitution.

       10. Re-Evaluation
              Any ‘(e)’ flag is  applied  to  the  value,  forcing  it  to  be
              re-examined  for  new parameter substitutions, but also for com-
              mand and arithmetic substitutions.

       11. Padding
              Any padding of the value by the ‘(l.fill.)’ or ‘(r.fill.)’ flags
              is applied.

       12. Semantic Joining
              In  contexts where expansion semantics requires a single word to
              result, all words are rejoined with the first character  of  IFS
              between.   So  in  ‘${(P)${(f)lines}}’  the value of ${lines} is
              split at newlines, but then must be joined again  before  the  P
              flag can be applied.

              If a single word is not required, this rule is skipped.


   Examples
       The  flag  f  is  useful  to split a double-quoted substitution line by
       line.  For example, ${(f)"$(<file)"} substitutes the contents  of  file
       divided  so  that each line is an element of the resulting array.  Com-
       pare this with the effect of $(<file) alone, which divides the file  up
       by words, or the same inside double quotes, which makes the entire con-
       tent of the file a single string.

       The following illustrates the rules for  nested  parameter  expansions.
       Suppose that $foo contains the array (bar baz):

       "${(@)${foo}[1]}"
              This  produces  the  result  b.   First,  the inner substitution
              "${foo}", which has no array (@) flag, produces  a  single  word
              result "bar baz".  The outer substitution "${(@)...[1]}" detects
              that this is a scalar, so that (despite the ‘(@)’ flag) the sub-
              script picks the first character.

       "${${(@)foo}[1]}"
              This produces the result ‘bar’.  In this case, the inner substi-
              tution "${(@)foo}" produces the array ‘(bar  baz)’.   The  outer
              substitution "${...[1]}" detects that this is an array and picks
              the first word.  This is similar to the simple case "${foo[1]}".

       As an example of the rules for word splitting and joining, suppose $foo
       contains the array ‘(ax1 bx1)’.  Then

       ${(s/x/)foo}
              produces the words ‘a’, ‘1 b’ and ‘1’.

       ${(j/x/s/x/)foo}
              produces ‘a’, ‘1’, ‘b’ and ‘1’.

       ${(s/x/)foo%%1*}
              produces ‘a’ and ‘ b’ (note the extra space).   As  substitution
              occurs  before either joining or splitting, the operation  first
              generates the modified array (ax bx), which is  joined  to  give
              "ax  bx",  and  then  split to give ‘a’, ‘ b’ and ‘’.  The final
              empty string will then be elided, as it is not in double quotes.



COMMAND SUBSTITUTION

       A  command  enclosed  in  parentheses  preceded  by a dollar sign, like
       ‘$(...)’, or quoted with grave accents, like ‘â€â€˜...â€â€˜â€™, is replaced  with
       its  standard  output, with any trailing newlines deleted.  If the sub-
       stitution is not enclosed in double quotes, the output is  broken  into
       words  using  the  IFS parameter.  The substitution ‘$(cat foo)’ may be
       replaced by the equivalent but faster ‘$(<foo)’.  In  either  case,  if
       the  option GLOB_SUBST is set, the output is eligible for filename gen-
       eration.


ARITHMETIC EXPANSION

       A string of the form ‘$[exp]’ or ‘$((exp))’  is  substituted  with  the
       value  of the arithmetic expression exp.  exp is subjected to parameter
       expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion before  it  is
       evaluated.  See the section ‘Arithmetic Evaluation’.


BRACE EXPANSION

       A  string  of the form ‘foo{xx,yy,zz}bar’ is expanded to the individual
       words ‘fooxxbar’, ‘fooyybar’ and ‘foozzbar’.   Left-to-right  order  is
       preserved.   This  construct  may  be  nested.  Commas may be quoted in
       order to include them literally in a word.

       An expression of the form ‘{n1..n2}’, where n1 and n2 are integers,  is
       expanded to every number between n1 and n2 inclusive.  If either number
       begins with a zero, all the resulting numbers will be padded with lead-
       ing  zeroes  to  that  minimum width.  If the numbers are in decreasing
       order the resulting sequence will also be in decreasing order.

       If a brace expression matches none of  the  above  forms,  it  is  left
       unchanged,  unless  the  BRACE_CCL  option is set.  In that case, it is
       expanded to a sorted list of  the  individual  characters  between  the
       braces,  in the manner of a search set.  ‘-’ is treated specially as in
       a search set, but ‘^’ or ‘!’ as the first  character  is  treated  nor-
       mally.

       Note  that  brace  expansion  is not part of filename generation (glob-
       bing); an expression such as */{foo,bar} is  split  into  two  separate
       words  */foo and */bar before filename generation takes place.  In par-
       ticular, note that this is liable to produce  a  ‘no  match’  error  if
       either  of the two expressions does not match; this is to be contrasted
       with */(foo|bar), which is treated as a single  pattern  but  otherwise
       has similar effects.


FILENAME EXPANSION

       Each  word  is checked to see if it begins with an unquoted ‘~’.  If it
       does, then the word up to a ‘/’, or the end of the word if there is  no
       ‘/’,  is  checked  to  see  if it can be substituted in one of the ways
       described here.  If so, then  the  ‘~’  and  the  checked  portion  are
       replaced with the appropriate substitute value.

       A ‘~’ by itself is replaced by the value of $HOME.  A ‘~’ followed by a
       ‘+’ or a ‘-’ is replaced by the value of $PWD or $OLDPWD, respectively.

       A  ‘~’  followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that posi-
       tion in the directory stack.  ‘~0’ is equivalent to ‘~+’, and  ‘~1’  is
       the  top  of  the  stack.  ‘~+’ followed by a number is replaced by the
       directory at that position in the directory stack.  ‘~+0’ is equivalent
       to  ‘~+’, and ‘~+1’ is the top of the stack.  ‘~-’ followed by a number
       is replaced by the directory that many positions from the bottom of the
       stack.   ‘~-0’  is  the  bottom  of  the stack.  The PUSHD_MINUS option
       exchanges the effects of ‘~+’ and ‘~-’ where they  are  followed  by  a
       number.

       A  ‘~’ followed by anything not already covered is looked up as a named
       directory, and replaced by the value of that named directory if  found.
       Named  directories are typically home directories for users on the sys-
       tem.  They may also be defined if the text after the ‘~’ is the name of
       a  string  shell  parameter  whose value begins with a ‘/’.  It is also
       possible to define directory names using the  -d  option  to  the  hash
       builtin.

       In  certain  circumstances  (in  prompts, for instance), when the shell
       prints a path, the path is checked to see if it has a  named  directory
       as  its  prefix.  If so, then the prefix portion is replaced with a ‘~’
       followed by the name of the directory.  The shortest way  of  referring
       to  the  directory is used, with ties broken in favour of using a named
       directory, except when the directory is / itself.  The parameters  $PWD
       and $OLDPWD are never abbreviated in this fashion.

       If a word begins with an unquoted ‘=’ and the EQUALS option is set, the
       remainder of the word is taken as the name of a command.  If a  command
       exists  by  that name, the word is replaced by the full pathname of the
       command.

       Filename expansion is performed on the right hand side of  a  parameter
       assignment,  including  those  appearing  after commands of the typeset
       family.  In this case, the  right  hand  side  will  be  treated  as  a
       colon-separated list in the manner of the PATH parameter, so that a ‘~’
       or an ‘=’  following  a  ‘:’  is  eligible  for  expansion.   All  such
       behaviour  can  be  disabled  by quoting the ‘~’, the ‘=’, or the whole
       expression (but not simply  the  colon);  the  EQUALS  option  is  also
       respected.

       If  the option MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST is set, any unquoted shell argument in
       the form ‘identifier=expression’ becomes eligible for file expansion as
       described  in  the  previous  paragraph.   Quoting  the  first ‘=’ also
       inhibits this.


FILENAME GENERATION

       If a word contains an unquoted instance of one of the  characters  ‘*’,
       ‘(’,  ‘|’,  ‘<’,  ‘[’, or ‘?’, it is regarded as a pattern for filename
       generation, unless the GLOB option  is  unset.   If  the  EXTENDED_GLOB
       option is set, the ‘^’ and ‘#’ characters also denote a pattern; other-
       wise they are not treated specially by the shell.

       The word is replaced with a list of sorted  filenames  that  match  the
       pattern.   If  no  matching  pattern is found, the shell gives an error
       message, unless the NULL_GLOB option is set, in which case the word  is
       deleted;  or unless the NOMATCH option is unset, in which case the word
       is left unchanged.

       In filename generation, the character ‘/’ must be  matched  explicitly;
       also, a ‘.’ must be matched explicitly at the beginning of a pattern or
       after a ‘/’, unless the GLOB_DOTS option is set.  No  filename  genera-
       tion pattern matches the files ‘.’ or ‘..’.  In other instances of pat-
       tern matching, the ‘/’ and ‘.’ are not treated specially.

   Glob Operators
       *      Matches any string, including the null string.

       ?      Matches any character.

       [...]  Matches any of the enclosed characters.   Ranges  of  characters
              can  be  specified by separating two characters by a ‘-’.  A ‘-’
              or ‘]’ may be matched by including it as the first character  in
              the  list.   There are also several named classes of characters,
              in the form ‘[:name:]’ with the following meanings:  ‘[:alnum:]’
              alphanumeric,   ‘[:alpha:]’   alphabetic,   ‘[:ascii:]’   7-bit,
              ‘[:blank:]’  space  or  tab,  ‘[:cntrl:]’   control   character,
              ‘[:digit:]’   decimal  digit,  ‘[:graph:]’  printable  character
              except whitespace,  ‘[:lower:]’  lowercase  letter,  ‘[:print:]’
              printable  character,  ‘[:punct:]’  printable  character neither
              alphanumeric nor whitespace, ‘[:space:]’  whitespace  character,
              ‘[:upper:]’  uppercase  letter,  ‘[:xdigit:]’ hexadecimal digit.
              These use the macros provided by the operating  system  to  test
              for  the  given  character combinations, including any modifica-
              tions due to local language settings:  see ctype(3).  Note  that
              the  square brackets are additional to those enclosing the whole
              set of characters, so to test for a single alphanumeric  charac-
              ter  you  need  ‘[[:alnum:]]’.  Named character sets can be used
              alongside other types, e.g. ‘[[:alpha:]0-9]’.

       [^...]
       [!...] Like [...], except that it matches any character which is not in
              the given set.

       <[x]-[y]>
              Matches  any  number  in the range x to y, inclusive.  Either of
              the numbers may be omitted to make the range  open-ended;  hence
              ‘<->’ matches any number.  To match individual digits, the [...]
              form is more efficient.

              Be careful when using other wildcards adjacent  to  patterns  of
              this  form;  for  example, <0-9>* will actually match any number
              whatsoever at the start of the string, since  the  ‘<0-9>’  will
              match  the first digit, and the ‘*’ will match any others.  This
              is a trap for the unwary, but is in fact  an  inevitable  conse-
              quence  of  the rule that the longest possible match always suc-
              ceeds.  Expressions such as  ‘<0-9>[^[:digit:]]*’  can  be  used
              instead.

       (...)  Matches  the  enclosed  pattern.  This is used for grouping.  If
              the KSH_GLOB option is set, then a ‘@’, ‘*’,  ‘+’,  ‘?’  or  ‘!’
              immediately  preceding the ‘(’ is treated specially, as detailed
              below. The option SH_GLOB prevents bare parentheses  from  being
              used in this way, though the KSH_GLOB option is still available.

              Note that grouping cannot extend over multiple  directories:  it
              is  an error to have a ‘/’ within a group (this only applies for
              patterns used in filename generation).  There is one  exception:
              a group of the form (pat/)# appearing as a complete path segment
              can match a sequence of directories.  For example, foo/(a*/)#bar
              matches foo/bar, foo/any/bar, foo/any/anyother/bar, and so on.

       x|y    Matches  either x or y.  This operator has lower precedence than
              any other.  The ‘|’ character must  be  within  parentheses,  to
              avoid interpretation as a pipeline.

       ^x     (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.)  Matches anything except the
              pattern x.  This has a higher precedence than ‘/’, so ‘^foo/bar’
              will  search  directories in ‘.’ except ‘./foo’ for a file named
              ‘bar’.

       x~y    (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.)  Match anything that matches
              the  pattern  x but does not match y.  This has lower precedence
              than any operator except ‘|’, so ‘*/*~foo/bar’ will  search  for
              all  files in all directories in ‘.’  and then exclude ‘foo/bar’
              if there was such a match.  Multiple patterns can be excluded by
              ‘foo~bar~baz’.   In  the  exclusion pattern (y), ‘/’ and ‘.’ are
              not treated specially the way they usually are in globbing.

       x#     (Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.)  Matches zero or more occur-
              rences  of  the  pattern  x.  This operator has high precedence;
              ‘12#’ is equivalent to ‘1(2#)’, rather than ‘(12)#’.  It  is  an
              error  for  an  unquoted ‘#’ to follow something which cannot be
              repeated; this includes an empty string, a pattern already  fol-
              lowed  by  ‘##’,  or parentheses when part of a KSH_GLOB pattern
              (for example, ‘!(foo)#’ is  invalid  and  must  be  replaced  by
              ‘*(!(foo))’).

       x##    (Requires  EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.)  Matches one or more occur-
              rences of the pattern x.  This  operator  has  high  precedence;
              ‘12##’ is equivalent to ‘1(2##)’, rather than ‘(12)##’.  No more
              than two active ‘#’ characters may appear together.

   ksh-like Glob Operators
       If the KSH_GLOB option is set, the effects of parentheses can be  modi-
       fied by a preceding ‘@’, ‘*’, ‘+’, ‘?’ or ‘!’.  This character need not
       be unquoted to have special effects, but the ‘(’ must be.

       @(...) Match the pattern in the parentheses.  (Like ‘(...)’.)

       *(...) Match any number of occurrences.  (Like ‘(...)#’.)

       +(...) Match at least one occurrence.  (Like ‘(...)##’.)

       ?(...) Match zero or one occurrence.  (Like ‘(|...)’.)

       !(...) Match  anything  but  the  expression  in  parentheses.    (Like
              ‘(^(...))’.)

   Precedence
       The precedence of the operators given above is (highest) ‘^’, ‘/’, ‘~’,
       ‘|’ (lowest); the remaining operators are simply treated from  left  to
       right  as  part of a string, with ‘#’ and ‘##’ applying to the shortest
       possible preceding unit (i.e. a character, ‘?’, ‘[...]’, ‘<...>’, or  a
       parenthesised  expression).  As mentioned above, a ‘/’ used as a direc-
       tory separator may not appear inside parentheses, while a ‘|’  must  do
       so;  in  patterns  used in other contexts than filename generation (for
       example, in case statements and tests within ‘[[...]]’), a ‘/’  is  not
       special;  and  ‘/’  is  also  not special after a ‘~’ appearing outside
       parentheses in a filename pattern.

   Globbing Flags
       There are various flags which affect any text to their right up to  the
       end  of  the enclosing group or to the end of the pattern; they require
       the EXTENDED_GLOB option. All take the form (#X) where X may  have  one
       of the following forms:

       i      Case insensitive:  upper or lower case characters in the pattern
              match upper or lower case characters.

       l      Lower case characters in the pattern match upper or  lower  case
              characters;  upper  case  characters  in  the pattern still only
              match upper case characters.

       I      Case sensitive:  locally negates the effect of i or l from  that
              point on.

       b      Activate backreferences for parenthesised groups in the pattern;
              this does not work in filename generation.  When a pattern  with
              a  set  of active parentheses is matched, the strings matched by
              the groups are stored in the array $match, the  indices  of  the
              beginning  of  the matched parentheses in the array $mbegin, and
              the indices of the end in the array $mend, with the  first  ele-
              ment  of  each  array  corresponding  to the first parenthesised
              group, and so on.  These arrays are not otherwise special to the
              shell.   The  indices  use the same convention as does parameter
              substitution, so that elements of $mend and $mbegin may be  used
              in  subscripts;  the  KSH_ARRAYS  option  is respected.  Sets of
              globbing flags are not considered parenthesised groups; only the
              first nine active parentheses can be referenced.

              For example,

                     foo="a string with a message"
                     if [[ $foo = (a|an)â€â€™ â€â€™(#b)(*)â€â€™ â€â€™* ]]; then
                       print ${foo[$mbegin[1],$mend[1]]}
                     fi

              prints  ‘string  with  a’.   Note  that the first parenthesis is
              before the (#b) and does not create a backreference.

              Backreferences work with all forms  of  pattern  matching  other
              than  filename generation, but note that when performing matches
              on an entire array, such as ${array#pattern}, or a  global  sub-
              stitution,  such  as  ${param//pat/repl},  only the data for the
              last match remains available.  In the case  of  global  replace-
              ments  this may still be useful.  See the example for the m flag
              below.

              The numbering of backreferences strictly follows  the  order  of
              the  opening  parentheses  from  left  to  right  in the pattern
              string, although sets of parentheses may be nested.   There  are
              special rules for parentheses followed by ‘#’ or ‘##’.  Only the
              last match of the parenthesis is remembered: for example, in ‘[[
              abab  =  (#b)([ab])#  ]]’,  only  the  final  ‘b’  is  stored in
              match[1].  Thus extra parentheses may be necessary to match  the
              complete  segment:  for  example,  use ‘X((ab|cd)#)Y’ to match a
              whole string of either ‘ab’ or ‘cd’ between ‘X’ and  ‘Y’,  using
              the value of $match[1] rather than $match[2].

              If the match fails none of the parameters is altered, so in some
              cases it may be necessary to  initialise  them  beforehand.   If
              some  of  the  backreferences fail to match --- which happens if
              they are in an alternate branch which fails to match, or if they
              are  followed  by  # and matched zero times --- then the matched
              string is set to the empty string, and the start and end indices
              are set to -1.

              Pattern  matching  with  backreferences  is slightly slower than
              without.

       B      Deactivate backreferences, negating the effect  of  the  b  flag
              from that point on.

       m      Set  references to the match data for the entire string matched;
              this is similar to backreferencing and does not work in filename
              generation.   The  flag must be in effect at the end of the pat-
              tern, i.e. not local to a group. The parameters $MATCH,  $MBEGIN
              and  $MEND  will be set to the string matched and to the indices
              of the beginning and end of the string, respectively.   This  is
              most  useful in parameter substitutions, as otherwise the string
              matched is obvious.

              For example,

                     arr=(veldt jynx grimps waqf zho buck)
                     print ${arr//(#m)[aeiou]/${(U)MATCH}}

              forces all the matches (i.e. all vowels) into uppercase,  print-
              ing ‘vEldt jynx grImps wAqf zhO bUck’.

              Unlike backreferences, there is no speed penalty for using match
              references, other than the extra substitutions required for  the
              replacement strings in cases such as the example shown.

       M      Deactivate the m flag, hence no references to match data will be
              created.

       anum   Approximate matching: num  errors  are  allowed  in  the  string
              matched by the pattern.  The rules for this are described in the
              next subsection.

       s, e   Unlike the other flags, these have only a local effect, and each
              must  appear  on  its own:  ‘(#s)’ and ‘(#e)’ are the only valid
              forms.  The ‘(#s)’ flag succeeds only at the start of  the  test
              string, and the ‘(#e)’ flag succeeds only at the end of the test
              string; they correspond to  ‘^’  and  ‘$’  in  standard  regular
              expressions.  They are useful for matching path segments in pat-
              terns other than those in filename generation (where  path  seg-
              ments  are  in  any  case  treated  separately).   For  example,
              ‘*((#s)|/)test((#e)|/)*’ matches a path segment ‘test’ in any of
              the   following   strings:   test,  test/at/start,  at/end/test,
              in/test/middle.

              Another  use  is  in   parameter   substitution;   for   example
              ‘${array/(#s)A*Z(#e)}’  will  remove  only  elements of an array
              which match the complete pattern ‘A*Z’.  There are other ways of
              performing many operations of this type, however the combination
              of the substitution operations ‘/’ and ‘//’ with the ‘(#s)’  and
              ‘(#e)’ flags provides a single simple and memorable method.

              Note that assertions of the form ‘(^(#s))’ also work, i.e. match
              anywhere except at the start of the string, although this  actu-
              ally  means  ‘anything except a zero-length portion at the start
              of  the  string’;  you  need  to  use  ‘(""~(#s))’  to  match  a
              zero-length portion of the string not at the start.

       q      A  ‘q’ and everything up to the closing parenthesis of the glob-
              bing flags are ignored by the pattern matching  code.   This  is
              intended  to support the use of glob qualifiers, see below.  The
              result is that the pattern ‘(#b)(*).c(#q.)’ can be used both for
              globbing and for matching against a string.  In the former case,
              the ‘(#q.)’ will be treated as a glob qualifier and  the  ‘(#b)’
              will  not be useful, while in the latter case the ‘(#b)’ is use-
              ful for backreferences and the ‘(#q.)’ will  be  ignored.   Note
              that colon modifiers in the glob qualifiers are also not applied
              in ordinary pattern matching.

       For example, the test string  fooxx  can  be  matched  by  the  pattern
       (#i)FOOXX,  but  not  by  (#l)FOOXX, (#i)FOO(#I)XX or ((#i)FOOX)X.  The
       string (#ia2)readme specifies case-insensitive matching of readme  with
       up to two errors.

       When  using the ksh syntax for grouping both KSH_GLOB and EXTENDED_GLOB
       must be set and the left parenthesis should be  preceded  by  @.   Note
       also that the flags do not affect letters inside [...] groups, in other
       words (#i)[a-z] still matches only lowercase  letters.   Finally,  note
       that when examining whole paths case-insensitively every directory must
       be searched for all files which match, so that a pattern  of  the  form
       (#i)/foo/bar/... is potentially slow.


   Approximate Matching
       When  matching  approximately,  the  shell  keeps a count of the errors
       found, which cannot exceed the number specified in the  (#anum)  flags.
       Four types of error are recognised:

       1.     Different characters, as in fooxbar and fooybar.

       2.     Transposition of characters, as in banana and abnana.

       3.     A  character  missing  in the target string, as with the pattern
              road and target string rod.

       4.     An extra character appearing in the target string, as with stove
              and strove.

       Thus,  the pattern (#a3)abcd matches dcba, with the errors occurring by
       using the first rule twice and the second once, grouping the string  as
       [d][cb][a] and [a][bc][d].

       Non-literal  parts of the pattern must match exactly, including charac-
       ters in character ranges: hence (#a1)???   matches  strings  of  length
       four,  by  applying  rule  4  to  an empty part of the pattern, but not
       strings of length two, since all the ? must  match.   Other  characters
       which  must  match  exactly  are  initial dots in filenames (unless the
       GLOB_DOTS option is set), and all slashes in filenames, so that a/bc is
       two errors from ab/c (the slash cannot be transposed with another char-
       acter).  Similarly, errors are counted  separately  for  non-contiguous
       strings in the pattern, so that (ab|cd)ef is two errors from aebf.

       When  using  exclusion  via  the  ~  operator,  approximate matching is
       treated entirely separately for the excluded part and must be activated
       separately.  Thus, (#a1)README~READ_ME matches READ.ME but not READ_ME,
       as the trailing READ_ME is  matched  without  approximation.   However,
       (#a1)README~(#a1)READ_ME does not match any pattern of the form READ?ME
       as all such forms are now excluded.

       Apart from exclusions, there is only one overall error count;  however,
       the  maximum  errors  allowed  may  be altered locally, and this can be
       delimited by grouping.  For example, (#a1)cat((#a0)dog)fox  allows  one
       error in total, which may not occur in the dog section, and the pattern
       (#a1)cat(#a0)dog(#a1)fox is equivalent.  Note that the point  at  which
       an  error is first found is the crucial one for establishing whether to
       use  approximation;  for  example,  (#a1)abc(#a0)xyz  will  not   match
       abcdxyz,  because  the  error occurs at the ‘x’, where approximation is
       turned off.

       Entire  path  segments  may   be   matched   approximately,   so   that
       ‘(#a1)/foo/d/is/available/at/the/bar’ allows one error in any path seg-
       ment.  This is much less efficient than  without  the  (#a1),  however,
       since  every  directory  in  the  path  must  be scanned for a possible
       approximate match.  It is best to place the (#a1) after any  path  seg-
       ments which are known to be correct.


   Recursive Globbing
       A pathname component of the form ‘(foo/)#’ matches a path consisting of
       zero or more directories matching the pattern foo.

       As a shorthand, ‘**/’ is equivalent to ‘(*/)#’; note that  this  there-
       fore  matches files in the current directory as well as subdirectories.
       Thus:

              ls (*/)#bar

       or

              ls **/bar

       does a recursive directory search for files  named  ‘bar’  (potentially
       including the file ‘bar’ in the current directory).  This form does not
       follow symbolic links; the alternative form ‘***/’ does, but is  other-
       wise  identical.   Neither of these can be combined with other forms of
       globbing within the same path segment; in that case, the ‘*’  operators
       revert to their usual effect.

   Glob Qualifiers
       Patterns  used  for filename generation may end in a list of qualifiers
       enclosed in parentheses.  The qualifiers specify which  filenames  that
       otherwise  match  the  given  pattern  will be inserted in the argument
       list.

       If the option BARE_GLOB_QUAL is set, then a trailing set of parentheses
       containing  no ‘|’ or ‘(’ characters (or ‘~’ if it is special) is taken
       as a set of glob qualifiers.  A glob subexpression that would  normally
       be  taken  as  glob qualifiers, for example ‘(^x)’, can be forced to be
       treated as part of the glob pattern by  doubling  the  parentheses,  in
       this case producing ‘((^x))’.

       If  the option EXTENDED_GLOB is set, a different syntax for glob quali-
       fiers is available, namely ‘(#qx)’ where x is  any  of  the  same  glob
       qualifiers  used in the other format.  The qualifiers must still appear
       at the end of the pattern.  However, with  this  syntax  multiple  glob
       qualifiers  may be chained together.  They are treated as a logical AND
       of the individual sets of flags.  Also, as the syntax  is  unambiguous,
       the  expression  will  be  treated  as glob qualifiers just as long any
       parentheses contained within it are balanced; appearance of ‘|’, ‘(’ or
       ‘~’  does  not  negate the effect.  Note that qualifiers will be recog-
       nised in this form even if a bare glob qualifier exists at the  end  of
       the  pattern, for example ‘*(#q*)(.)’ will recognise executable regular
       files if both options are set; however, mixed syntax should probably be
       avoided for the sake of clarity.

       A qualifier may be any one of the following:

       /      directories

       F      ‘full’  (i.e.  non-empty)  directories.   Note that the opposite
              sense (^F) expands to empty directories and all non-directories.
              Use (/^F) for empty directories

       .      plain files

       @      symbolic links

       =      sockets

       p      named pipes (FIFOs)

       *      executable plain files (0100)

       %      device files (character or block special)

       %b     block special files

       %c     character special files

       r      owner-readable files (0400)

       w      owner-writable files (0200)

       x      owner-executable files (0100)

       A      group-readable files (0040)

       I      group-writable files (0020)

       E      group-executable files (0010)

       R      world-readable files (0004)

       W      world-writable files (0002)

       X      world-executable files (0001)

       s      setuid files (04000)

       S      setgid files (02000)

       t      files with the sticky bit (01000)

       fspec  files with access rights matching spec. This spec may be a octal
              number optionally preceded by a ‘=’, a ‘+’, or a ‘-’. If none of
              these  characters is given, the behavior is the same as for ‘=’.
              The octal number describes the mode bits to be expected, if com-
              bined  with  a  ‘=’,  the  value given must match the file-modes
              exactly, with a ‘+’, at least the bits in the given number  must
              be set in the file-modes, and with a ‘-’, the bits in the number
              must not be set. Giving a ‘?’ instead of a octal digit  anywhere
              in  the  number  ensures  that  the  corresponding  bits  in the
              file-modes are not checked, this is only useful  in  combination
              with ‘=’.

              If the qualifier ‘f’ is followed by any other character anything
              up to the next matching character (‘[’, ‘{’, and ‘<’ match  ‘]’,
              ‘}’,  and  ‘>’ respectively, any other character matches itself)
              is taken as a list of comma-separated sub-specs.  Each  sub-spec
              may  be  either  an octal number as described above or a list of
              any of the characters ‘u’, ‘g’, ‘o’, and ‘a’, followed by a ‘=’,
              a  ‘+’,  or  a  ‘-’, followed by a list of any of the characters
              ‘r’, ‘w’, ‘x’, ‘s’, and ‘t’, or an octal digit. The  first  list
              of  characters specify which access rights are to be checked. If
              a ‘u’ is given, those for the owner of the file are used,  if  a
              ‘g’  is  given,  those  of the group are checked, a ‘o’ means to
              test those of other users, and the ‘a’ says to  test  all  three
              groups. The ‘=’, ‘+’, and ‘-’ again says how the modes are to be
              checked and have the same meaning as  described  for  the  first
              form  above.  The  second  list of characters finally says which
              access rights are to be expected: ‘r’ for read access,  ‘w’  for
              write  access,  ‘x’  for  the  right  to execute the file (or to
              search a directory), ‘s’ for the setuid and setgid bits, and ‘t’
              for the sticky bit.

              Thus,  ‘*(f70?)’  gives  the files for which the owner has read,
              write, and execute permission, and for which other group members
              have  no rights, independent of the permissions for other users.
              The pattern ‘*(f-100)’ gives all files for which the owner  does
              not  have  execute  permission,  and ‘*(f:gu+w,o-rx:)’ gives the
              files for which the owner and the other  members  of  the  group
              have  at least write permission, and for which other users don’t
              have read or execute permission.

       estring
              The string will be executed as shell code.  The filename will be
              included in the list if and only if the code returns a zero sta-
              tus (usually the status of the last command).  The first charac-
              ter after the ‘e’ will be used as a separator and anything up to
              the next matching separator will be taken  as the  string;  ‘[’,
              ‘{’,  and  ‘<’  match ‘]’, ‘}’, and ‘>’, respectively, while any
              other character matches itself. Note  that  expansions  must  be
              quoted  in the string to prevent them from being expanded before
              globbing is done.

              During the execution of  string  the  filename  currently  being
              tested is available in the parameter REPLY; the parameter may be
              altered to a string to be inserted into the list instead of  the
              original  filename.  In addition, the parameter reply may be set
              to an array or a string, which overrides the value of REPLY.  If
              set  to  an  array, the latter is inserted into the command line
              word by word.

              For  example,  suppose  a  directory  contains  a  single   file
              ‘lonely’.   Then  the expression ‘*(e:â€â€™reply=(${REPLY}{1,2})â€â€™:)’
              will cause the words ‘lonely1 lonely2’ to be inserted  into  the
              command line.  Note the quotation marks.

       ddev   files on the device dev

       l[-|+]ct
              files having a link count less than ct (-), greater than ct (+),
              or equal to ct

       U      files owned by the effective user ID

       G      files owned by the effective group ID

       uid    files owned by user ID id if it is a number, if  not,  than  the
              character  after  the  ‘u’  will  be used as a separator and the
              string between it and the next matching separator (‘[’, ‘{’, and
              ‘<’  match  ‘]’,  ‘}’, and ‘>’ respectively, any other character
              matches itself) will be taken as a user name, and the user ID of
              this  user  will  be  taken  (e.g. ‘u:foo:’ or ‘u[foo]’ for user
              ‘foo’)

       gid    like uid but with group IDs or names

       a[Mwhms][-|+]n
              files accessed exactly n days ago.  Files  accessed  within  the
              last  n  days  are  selected  using a negative value for n (-n).
              Files accessed more than n days ago are selected by a positive n
              value  (+n).  Optional unit specifiers ‘M’, ‘w’, ‘h’, ‘m’ or ‘s’
              (e.g. ‘ah5’) cause the check to be performed with months (of  30
              days), weeks, hours, minutes or seconds instead of days, respec-
              tively.  For instance, ‘echo *(ah-5)’ would echo files  accessed
              within the last five hours.

       m[Mwhms][-|+]n
              like  the  file  access  qualifier, except that it uses the file
              modification time.

       c[Mwhms][-|+]n
              like the file access qualifier, except that  it  uses  the  file
              inode change time.

       L[+|-]n
              files less than n bytes (-), more than n bytes (+), or exactly n
              bytes in length. If this flag is  directly  followed  by  a  ‘k’
              (‘K’),  ‘m’ (‘M’), or ‘p’ (‘P’) (e.g. ‘Lk-50’) the check is per-
              formed with kilobytes,  megabytes,  or  blocks  (of  512  bytes)
              instead.

       ^      negates all qualifiers following it

       -      toggles  between  making  the  qualifiers work on symbolic links
              (the default) and the files they point to

       M      sets the MARK_DIRS option for the current pattern

       T      appends a trailing qualifier mark to the filenames, analogous to
              the LIST_TYPES option, for the current pattern (overrides M)

       N      sets the NULL_GLOB option for the current pattern

       D      sets the GLOB_DOTS option for the current pattern

       n      sets the NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT option for the current pattern

       oc     specifies how the names of the files should be sorted. If c is n
              they are sorted by name (the default);  if  it  is  L  they  are
              sorted  depending  on  the size (length) of the files; if l they
              are sorted by the number of links; if a, m, or c they are sorted
              by  the  time  of the last access, modification, or inode change
              respectively; if d, files in subdirectories appear before  those
              in the current directory at each level of the search --- this is
              best combined with other criteria, for example ‘odon’ to sort on
              names  for files within the same directory.  Note that a, m, and
              c compare the age against the current time, hence the first name
              in the list is the youngest file. Also note that the modifiers ^
              and - are used, so ‘*(^-oL)’ gives a list of all files sorted by
              file size in descending order, following any symbolic links.

       Oc     like  ‘o’,  but  sorts in descending order; i.e. ‘*(^oc)’ is the
              same as ‘*(Oc)’ and ‘*(^Oc)’ is the same as ‘*(oc)’;  ‘Od’  puts
              files in the current directory before those in subdirectories at
              each level of the search.

       [beg[,end]]
              specifies which of the matched filenames should be  included  in
              the  returned  list.  The  syntax  is the same as for array sub-
              scripts. beg and the optional end may  be  mathematical  expres-
              sions. As in parameter subscripting they may be negative to make
              them count from the last  match  backward.  E.g.:  ‘*(-OL[1,3])’
              gives a list of the names of the three largest files.

       More  than one of these lists can be combined, separated by commas. The
       whole list matches if at least one of the sublists  matches  (they  are
       ‘or’ed,  the qualifiers in the sublists are ‘and’ed).  Some qualifiers,
       however, affect all matches generated, independent of  the  sublist  in
       which  they  are  given.   These are the qualifiers ‘M’, ‘T’, ‘N’, ‘D’,
       ‘n’, ‘o’, ‘O’ and the subscripts given in brackets (‘[...]’).

       If a ‘:’ appears in a qualifier list, the remainder of  the  expression
       in  parenthesis  is  interpreted  as a modifier (see the section ‘Modi-
       fiers’ in the section ‘History Expansion’).  Note  that  each  modifier
       must  be introduced by a separate ‘:’.  Note also that the result after
       modification does not have to be an existing file.   The  name  of  any
       existing file can be followed by a modifier of the form ‘(:..)’ even if
       no actual filename generation is performed.  Thus:

              ls *(-/)

       lists all directories and symbolic links that point to directories, and

              ls *(%W)

       lists all world-writable device files in the current directory, and

              ls *(W,X)

       lists  all  files  in  the current directory that are world-writable or
       world-executable, and

              echo /tmp/foo*(u0^@:t)

       outputs the basename of all root-owned files beginning with the  string
       ‘foo’ in /tmp, ignoring symlinks, and

              ls *.*~(lex|parse).[ch](^D^l1)

       lists  all  files  having a link count of one whose names contain a dot
       (but not those starting with  a  dot,  since  GLOB_DOTS  is  explicitly
       switched off) except for lex.c, lex.h, parse.c and parse.h.

              print b*.pro(#q:s/pro/shmo/)(#q.:s/builtin/shmiltin/)

       demonstrates  how  colon  modifiers and other qualifiers may be chained
       together.  The ordinary qualifier ‘.’ is applied first, then the  colon
       modifiers  in order from left to right.  So if EXTENDED_GLOB is set and
       the base pattern matches the regular file builtin.pro, the  shell  will
ZSHPARAM(1)                                                        ZSHPARAM(1)



       print ‘shmiltin.shmo’.


NAME

       zshparam - zsh parameters


DESCRIPTION

       A  parameter  has  a name, a value, and a number of attributes.  A name
       may be any sequence of alphanumeric characters and underscores, or  the
       single  characters ‘*’, ‘@’, ‘#’, ‘?’, ‘-’, ‘$’, or ‘!’.  The value may
       be a scalar (a string), an integer, an array (indexed numerically),  or
       an  associative array (an unordered set of name-value pairs, indexed by
       name).  To declare the type of a parameter, or to assign  a  scalar  or
       integer value to a parameter, use the typeset builtin.

       The  value  of  a  scalar  or integer parameter may also be assigned by
       writing:

              name=value

       If the integer attribute, -i, is set for name, the value is subject  to
       arithmetic  evaluation.   Furthermore,  by  replacing  ‘=’ with ‘+=’, a
       parameter can be added or appended to.  See the section ‘Array  Parame-
       ters’ for additional forms of assignment.

       To  refer to the value of a parameter, write ‘$name’ or ‘${name}’.  See
       Parameter Expansion in zshexpn(1) for complete details.

       In the parameter lists that follow, the mark ‘<S>’ indicates  that  the
       parameter  is  special.   Special  parameters  cannot  have  their type
       changed or their readonly attribute turned off, and if a special param-
       eter  is  unset,  then  later recreated, the special properties will be
       retained.  ‘<Z>’ indicates that the parameter does not exist  when  the
       shell initializes in sh or ksh emulation mode.


ARRAY PARAMETERS

       To assign an array value, write one of:

              set -A name value ...
              name=(value ...)

       If  no  parameter  name exists, an ordinary array parameter is created.
       If the parameter name exists and is a scalar, it is replaced by  a  new
       array.  Ordinary array parameters may also be explicitly declared with:

              typeset -a name

       Associative arrays must be declared before assignment, by using:

              typeset -A name

       When name refers to an associative array, the list in an assignment  is
       interpreted as alternating keys and values:

              set -A name key value ...
              name=(key value ...)

       Every  key  must  have a value in this case.  Note that this assigns to
       the entire array, deleting any elements that do not appear in the list.

       To create an empty array (including associative arrays), use one of:

              set -A name
              name=()


   Array Subscripts
       Individual  elements  of an array may be selected using a subscript.  A
       subscript of the form ‘[exp]’ selects the single element exp, where exp
       is  an arithmetic expression which will be subject to arithmetic expan-
       sion as if it were surrounded by ‘$((...))’.  The elements are numbered
       beginning  with  1,  unless  the KSH_ARRAYS option is set in which case
       they are numbered from zero.

       Subscripts may be used inside braces used to delimit a parameter  name,
       thus  ‘${foo[2]}’ is equivalent to ‘$foo[2]’.  If the KSH_ARRAYS option
       is set, the braced form is  the  only  one  that  works,  as  bracketed
       expressions otherwise are not treated as subscripts.

       The  same  subscripting  syntax  is used for associative arrays, except
       that no arithmetic expansion is applied to exp.  However,  the  parsing
       rules  for  arithmetic  expressions  still apply, which affects the way
       that certain special characters must be protected from  interpretation.
       See Subscript Parsing below for details.

       A  subscript of the form ‘[*]’ or ‘[@]’ evaluates to all elements of an
       array; there is no difference between the two except when  they  appear
       within  double  quotes.   ‘"$foo[*]"’  evaluates  to  ‘"$foo[1] $foo[2]
       ..."’, whereas ‘"$foo[@]"’ evaluates to ‘"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]" ...’.  For
       associative  arrays,  ‘[*]’  or ‘[@]’ evaluate to all the values, in no
       particular order.  Note that this does not substitute the keys; see the
       documentation  for the ‘k’ flag under Parameter Expansion Flags in zsh-
       expn(1) for complete details.  When an array parameter is referenced as
       ‘$name’  (with  no  subscript)  it  evaluates to ‘$name[*]’, unless the
       KSH_ARRAYS option is set in which case  it  evaluates  to  ‘${name[0]}’
       (for  an  associative array, this means the value of the key ‘0’, which
       may not exist even if there are values for other keys).

       A subscript of the form ‘[exp1,exp2]’ selects all elements in the range
       exp1  to  exp2, inclusive. (Associative arrays are unordered, and so do
       not support ranges.) If one of the subscripts evaluates to  a  negative
       number, say -n, then the nth element from the end of the array is used.
       Thus ‘$foo[-3]’ is the third element from the end of the array foo, and
       ‘$foo[1,-1]’ is the same as ‘$foo[*]’.

       Subscripting  may  also be performed on non-array values, in which case
       the subscripts specify a substring to be extracted.   For  example,  if
       FOO is set to ‘foobar’, then ‘echo $FOO[2,5]’ prints ‘ooba’.


   Array Element Assignment
       A subscript may be used on the left side of an assignment like so:

              name[exp]=value

       In  this  form  of  assignment the element or range specified by exp is
       replaced by the expression on the right side.  An  array  (but  not  an
       associative  array) may be created by assignment to a range or element.
       Arrays do not nest, so assigning a parenthesized list of values  to  an
       element  or range changes the number of elements in the array, shifting
       the other elements to accommodate the new values.  (This  is  not  sup-
       ported for associative arrays.)

       This syntax also works as an argument to the typeset command:

              typeset "name[exp]"=value

       The  value  may  not  be  a  parenthesized list in this case; only sin-
       gle-element assignments may be made with typeset.  Note that quotes are
       necessary  in  this case to prevent the brackets from being interpreted
       as filename generation operators.  The noglob precommand modifier could
       be used instead.

       To delete an element of an ordinary array, assign ‘()’ to that element.
       To delete an element of an associative array, use the unset command:

              unset "name[exp]"


   Subscript Flags
       If the opening bracket, or the comma  in  a  range,  in  any  subscript
       expression  is  directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the string
       up to the matching closing one is considered to be a list of flags,  as
       in ‘name[(flags)exp]’.  The flags currently understood are:

       w      If  the  parameter  subscripted is a scalar than this flag makes
              subscripting work on words instead of characters.   The  default
              word separator is whitespace.

       s:string:
              This  gives  the string that separates words (for use with the w
              flag).

       p      Recognize the same escape sequences as the print builtin in  the
              string argument of a subsequent ‘s’ flag.

       f      If  the  parameter  subscripted is a scalar than this flag makes
              subscripting work on lines instead of characters, i.e. with ele-
              ments separated by newlines.  This is a shorthand for ‘pws:\n:’.

       r      Reverse subscripting: if this flag is given, the exp is taken as
              a  pattern  and  the result is the first matching array element,
              substring or word (if the parameter is an  array,  if  it  is  a
              scalar,  or if it is a scalar and the ‘w’ flag is given, respec-
              tively).  The subscript used is the number of the matching  ele-
              ment,  so  that  pairs of subscripts such as ‘$foo[(r)??,3]’ and
              ‘$foo[(r)??,(r)f*]’ are possible if  the  parameter  is  not  an
              associative  array.   If  the parameter is an associative array,
              only the value part of each pair is compared to the pattern, and
              the result is that value.

       R      Like  ‘r’,  but  gives  the last match.  For associative arrays,
              gives all possible matches. May be used for assigning  to  ordi-
              nary  array  elements,  but  not  for  assigning  to associative
              arrays.

       i      Like ‘r’, but gives the index of the match instead; this may not
              be  combined  with  a  second  argument.  On the left side of an
              assignment, behaves like ‘r’.  For associative arrays,  the  key
              part  of  each  pair  is  compared to the pattern, and the first
              matching key found is the result.

       I      Like ‘i’, but gives the index of the last match, or all possible
              matching keys in an associative array.

       k      If used in a subscript on an associative array, this flag causes
              the keys to be interpreted as patterns, and  returns  the  value
              for  the  first key found where exp is matched by the key.  This
              flag does not work on the left side of an assignment to an asso-
              ciative  array  element.   If used on another type of parameter,
              this behaves like ‘r’.

       K      On an associative array this is like ‘k’ but returns all  values
              where  exp is matched by the keys.  On other types of parameters
              this has the same effect as ‘R’.

       n:expr:
              If combined with ‘r’, ‘R’, ‘i’ or ‘I’, makes them give  the  nth
              or  nth  last  match  (if  expr  evaluates  to n).  This flag is
              ignored when the array is associative.

       b:expr:
              If combined with ‘r’, ‘R’, ‘i’ or ‘I’, makes them begin  at  the
              nth  or  nth last element, word, or character (if expr evaluates
              to n).  This flag is ignored when the array is associative.

       e      This flag has no effect and for ordinary arrays is retained  for
              backward  compatibility only.  For associative arrays, this flag
              can be used to force * or @ to be interpreted as  a  single  key
              rather than as a reference to all values.  This flag may be used
              on the left side of an assignment.

       See Parameter Expansion  Flags  (zshexpn(1))  for  additional  ways  to
       manipulate the results of array subscripting.


   Subscript Parsing
       This  discussion applies mainly to associative array key strings and to
       patterns used for reverse subscripting (the ‘r’, ‘R’, ‘i’, etc. flags),
       but  it  may also affect parameter substitutions that appear as part of
       an arithmetic expression in an ordinary subscript.

       It is possible to avoid the use of subscripts in assignments  to  asso-
       ciative array elements by using the syntax:


                 aa+=(â€â€™key with "*strange*" charactersâ€â€™ â€â€™value stringâ€â€™)

       This  adds  a new key/value pair if the key is not already present, and
       replaces the value for the existing key if it is.

       The basic rule to remember when writing a subscript expression is  that
       all  text between the opening ‘[’ and the closing ‘]’ is interpreted as
       if it were in double quotes (see zshmisc(1)).  However,  unlike  double
       quotes  which  normally  cannot  nest, subscript expressions may appear
       inside double-quoted strings or inside other subscript expressions  (or
       both!), so the rules have two important differences.

       The first difference is that brackets (‘[’ and ‘]’) must appear as bal-
       anced pairs in a subscript expression unless they  are  preceded  by  a
       backslash  (‘\’).  Therefore, within a subscript expression (and unlike
       true double-quoting) the sequence ‘\[’ becomes ‘[’, and similarly  ‘\]’
       becomes  ‘]’.  This applies even in cases where a backslash is not nor-
       mally required; for example, the pattern ‘[^[]’ (to match any character
       other than an open bracket) should be written ‘[^\[]’ in a reverse-sub-
       script pattern.  However, note that ‘\[^\[\]’ and even ‘\[^[]’ mean the
       same  thing,  because  backslashes are always stripped when they appear
       before brackets!

       The same rule applies to parentheses (‘(’ and ‘)’) and braces (‘{’  and
       ‘}’):  they must appear either in balanced pairs or preceded by a back-
       slash, and backslashes that protect parentheses or braces  are  removed
       during parsing.  This is because parameter expansions may be surrounded
       balanced braces, and subscript flags are introduced by balanced  paren-
       thesis.

       The  second  difference is that a double-quote (‘"’) may appear as part
       of a subscript expression without being preceded by  a  backslash,  and
       therefore  that the two characters ‘\"’ remain as two characters in the
       subscript (in true double-quoting, ‘\"’ becomes ‘"’).  However, because
       of the standard shell quoting rules, any double-quotes that appear must
       occur in balanced pairs unless preceded by a backslash.  This makes  it
       more  difficult  to  write  a subscript expression that contains an odd
       number of double-quote characters, but the reason for  this  difference
       is  so  that  when  a  subscript  expression  appears  inside true dou-
       ble-quotes, one can still write ‘\"’ (rather than ‘\\\"’) for ‘"’.

       To use an odd number of double quotes as a key in  an  assignment,  use
       the typeset builtin and an enclosing pair of double quotes; to refer to
       the value of that key, again use double quotes:

              typeset -A aa
              typeset "aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"=QQQ
              print "$aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"

       It is important to note that the quoting rules do  not  change  when  a
       parameter expansion with a subscript is nested inside another subscript
       expression.  That is, it is not necessary to use additional backslashes
       within the inner subscript expression; they are removed only once, from
       the innermost subscript outwards.  Parameters are  also  expanded  from
       the innermost subscript first, as each expansion is encountered left to
       right in the outer expression.

       A further complication arises from a way in which subscript parsing  is
       not  different  from  double quote parsing.  As in true double-quoting,
       the sequences ‘\*’, and ‘\@’ remain as two characters when they  appear
       in  a subscript expression.  To use a literal ‘*’ or ‘@’ as an associa-
       tive array key, the ‘e’ flag must be used:

              typeset -A aa
              aa[(e)*]=star
              print $aa[(e)*]

       A last detail must be considered  when  reverse  subscripting  is  per-
       formed.   Parameters  appearing  in  the subscript expression are first
       expanded and then the complete expression is interpreted as a  pattern.
       This has two effects: first, parameters behave as if GLOB_SUBST were on
       (and it cannot be turned  off);  second,  backslashes  are  interpreted
       twice, once when parsing the array subscript and again when parsing the
       pattern.  In a reverse subscript, it’s  necessary  to  use  four  back-
       slashes  to cause a single backslash to match literally in the pattern.
       For complex patterns, it is often easiest to assign the desired pattern
       to  a  parameter  and  then  refer  to that parameter in the subscript,
       because then the backslashes, brackets,  parentheses,  etc.,  are  seen
       only  when the complete expression is converted to a pattern.  To match
       the value of a parameter literally in a reverse subscript, rather  than
       as  a  pattern, use ‘${(q)name}’ (see zshexpn(1)) to quote the expanded
       value.

       Note that the ‘k’ and ‘K’ flags are reverse subscripting for  an  ordi-
       nary  array, but are not reverse subscripting for an associative array!
       (For an associative array, the keys in the array itself are interpreted
       as  patterns  by  those  flags; the subscript is a plain string in that
       case.)

       One final note, not directly related to subscripting: the numeric names
       of positional parameters (described below) are parsed specially, so for
       example ‘$2foo’ is equivalent to ‘${2}foo’.   Therefore,  to  use  sub-
       script  syntax  to extract a substring from a positional parameter, the
       expansion must be surrounded by braces; for example, ‘${2[3,5]}’ evalu-
       ates  to  the  third  through fifth characters of the second positional
       parameter, but ‘$2[3,5]’ is the entire  second  parameter  concatenated
       with the filename generation pattern ‘[3,5]’.



POSITIONAL PARAMETERS

       The  positional parameters provide access to the command-line arguments
       of a shell function, shell script, or the shell itself; see the section
       ‘Invocation’, and also the section ‘Functions’.  The parameter n, where
       n is a number, is the nth positional parameter.  The  parameters  *,  @
       and  argv  are  arrays  containing  all the positional parameters; thus
       ‘$argv[n]’, etc., is equivalent to simply ‘$n’.

       Positional parameters may be changed after the shell or function starts
       by  using the set builtin, by assigning to the argv array, or by direct
       assignment of the form ‘n=value’ where n is the  number  of  the  posi-
       tional  parameter to be changed.  This also creates (with empty values)
       any of the positions from 1 to n that do not already have values.  Note
       that, because the positional parameters form an array, an array assign-
       ment of the form ‘n=(value ...)’ is allowed,  and  has  the  effect  of
       shifting  all  the  values at positions greater than n by as many posi-
       tions as necessary to accommodate the new values.



LOCAL PARAMETERS

       Shell function executions delimit scopes for shell parameters.  (Param-
       eters  are  dynamically scoped.)  The typeset builtin, and its alterna-
       tive forms declare, integer, local and readonly (but not  export),  can
       be used to declare a parameter as being local to the innermost scope.

       When a parameter is read or assigned to, the innermost existing parame-
       ter of that name is used.  (That is,  the  local  parameter  hides  any
       less-local parameter.)  However, assigning to a non-existent parameter,
       or declaring a new parameter with export, causes it to  be  created  in
       the outermost scope.

       Local parameters disappear when their scope ends.  unset can be used to
       delete a parameter while it is still in scope; any outer  parameter  of
       the same name remains hidden.

       Special  parameters  may  also be made local; they retain their special
       attributes unless either the existing or  the  newly-created  parameter
       has  the  -h (hide) attribute.  This may have unexpected effects: there
       is no default value, so if there is no  assignment  at  the  point  the
       variable  is  made  local, it will be set to an empty value (or zero in
       the case of integers).  The following:

              typeset PATH=/new/directory:$PATH

       is valid for temporarily allowing the shell or programmes  called  from
       it to find the programs in /new/directory inside a function.

       Note  that  the restriction in older versions of zsh that local parame-
       ters were never exported has been removed.



PARAMETERS SET BY THE SHELL

       The following parameters are automatically set by the shell:

       ! <S>  The process ID of the last background command invoked.

       # <S>  The number of positional parameters in decimal.  Note that  some
              confusion  may  occur  with the syntax $#param which substitutes
              the length of param.  Use ${#} to resolve ambiguities.  In  par-
              ticular,  the  sequence  ‘$#-...’ in an arithmetic expression is
              interpreted as the length of the parameter -, q.v.

       ARGC <S> <Z>
              Same as #.

       $ <S>  The process ID of this shell.

       - <S>  Flags supplied to the shell on  invocation  or  by  the  set  or
              setopt commands.

       * <S>  An array containing the positional parameters.

       argv <S> <Z>
              Same  as  *.   Assigning  to  argv  changes the local positional
              parameters, but argv is not itself a local parameter.   Deleting
              argv  with unset in any function deletes it everywhere, although
              only the innermost positional parameter array is deleted  (so  *
              and @ in other scopes are not affected).

       @ <S>  Same as argv[@], even when argv is not set.

       ? <S>  The exit value returned by the last command.

       0 <S>  The  name  used  to  invoke  the  current  shell.   If the FUNC-
              TION_ARGZERO option is set, this is  set  temporarily  within  a
              shell function to the name of the function, and within a sourced
              script to the name of the script.

       status <S> <Z>
              Same as ?.

       pipestatus <S> <Z>
              An array containing the exit values returned by all commands  in
              the last pipeline.

       _ <S>  The last argument of the previous command.  Also, this parameter
              is set in the environment of every command executed to the  full
              pathname of the command.

       CPUTYPE
              The  machine  type  (microprocessor  class or machine model), as
              determined at run time.

       EGID <S>
              The effective group ID of the shell process.  If you have suffi-
              cient  privileges,  you may change the effective group ID of the
              shell process by assigning to this  parameter.   Also  (assuming
              sufficient  privileges),  you  may start a single command with a
              different effective group ID by ‘(EGID=gid; command)’

       EUID <S>
              The effective user ID of the shell process.  If you have  suffi-
              cient  privileges,  you  may change the effective user ID of the
              shell process by assigning to this  parameter.   Also  (assuming
              sufficient  privileges),  you  may start a single command with a
              different effective user ID by ‘(EUID=uid; command)’

       ERRNO <S>
              The value of errno (see errno(3)) as set by  the  most  recently
              failed  system  call.   This  value  is  system dependent and is
              intended for debugging purposes.  It is  also  useful  with  the
              zsh/system  module  which  allows the number to be turned into a
              name or message.

       GID <S>
              The real group ID of the shell process.  If you have  sufficient
              privileges,  you may change the group ID of the shell process by
              assigning to this parameter.  Also (assuming  sufficient  privi-
              leges),  you  may start a single command under a different group
              ID by ‘(GID=gid; command)’

       HOST   The current hostname.

       LINENO <S>
              The line number of the current line within the  current  script,
              sourced  file,  or  shell function being executed, whichever was
              started most recently.  Note that in the case of shell functions
              the  line  number  refers  to the function as it appeared in the
              original definition, not necessarily as displayed by  the  func-
              tions builtin.

       LOGNAME
              If  the  corresponding variable is not set in the environment of
              the shell, it is initialized to the login name corresponding  to
              the current login session. This parameter is exported by default
              but this can be disabled using the typeset builtin.

       MACHTYPE
              The machine type (microprocessor class  or  machine  model),  as
              determined at compile time.

       OLDPWD The previous working directory.  This is set when the shell ini-
              tializes and whenever the directory changes.

       OPTARG <S>
              The value of the last option argument processed by  the  getopts
              command.

       OPTIND <S>
              The  index  of the last option argument processed by the getopts
              command.

       OSTYPE The operating system, as determined at compile time.

       PPID <S>
              The process ID of the parent of the shell.

       PWD    The present working directory.  This is set when the shell  ini-
              tializes and whenever the directory changes.

       RANDOM <S>
              A  pseudo-random  integer  from 0 to 32767, newly generated each
              time this parameter is referenced.  The random number  generator
              can be seeded by assigning a numeric value to RANDOM.

              The   values   of   RANDOM   form   an  intentionally-repeatable
              pseudo-random sequence; subshells  that  reference  RANDOM  will
              result  in  identical  pseudo-random  values unless the value of
              RANDOM is referenced or seeded in the parent  shell  in  between
              subshell invocations.

       SECONDS <S>
              The number of seconds since shell invocation.  If this parameter
              is assigned a value, then the value returned upon reference will
              be  the value that was assigned plus the number of seconds since
              the assignment.

              Unlike other special parameters, the type of the SECONDS parame-
              ter  can be changed using the typeset command.  Only integer and
              one of the floating  point  types  are  allowed.   For  example,
              ‘typeset -F SECONDS’ causes the value to be reported as a float-
              ing point number.  The precision is six decimal places, although
              not all places may be useful.

       SHLVL <S>
              Incremented by one each time a new shell is started.

       signals
              An array containing the names of the signals.

       TRY_BLOCK_ERROR <S>
              In an always block, indicates whether the preceding list of code
              caused an error.  The value is 1 to indicate an error, 0  other-
              wise.   It may be reset, clearing the error condition.  See Com-
              plex Commands in zshmisc(1)

       TTY    The name of the tty associated with the shell, if any.

       TTYIDLE <S>
              The idle time of the tty associated with the shell in seconds or
              -1 if there is no such tty.

       UID <S>
              The  real  user ID of the shell process.  If you have sufficient
              privileges, you may change the user ID of the shell by assigning
              to  this  parameter.  Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you
              may start  a  single  command  under  a  different  user  ID  by
              ‘(UID=uid; command)’

       USERNAME <S>
              The username corresponding to the real user ID of the shell pro-
              cess.  If you have sufficient privileges,  you  may  change  the
              username  (and  also  the  user ID and group ID) of the shell by
              assigning to this parameter.  Also (assuming  sufficient  privi-
              leges),  you  may start a single command under a different user-
              name (and user ID and group  ID)  by  ‘(USERNAME=username;  com-
              mand)’

       VENDOR The vendor, as determined at compile time.

       ZSH_NAME
              Expands  to  the  basename  of  the  command used to invoke this
              instance of zsh.

       ZSH_VERSION
              The version number of this zsh.


PARAMETERS USED BY THE SHELL

       The following parameters are used by the shell.

       In cases where there are two parameters with an  upper-  and  lowercase
       form  of the same name, such as path and PATH, the lowercase form is an
       array and the uppercase form is a scalar with the elements of the array
       joined  together  by colons.  These are similar to tied parameters cre-
       ated via ‘typeset -T’.  The normal use for the colon-separated form  is
       for  exporting  to  the  environment, while the array form is easier to
       manipulate within the shell.  Note that unsetting either  of  the  pair
       will  unset the other; they retain their special properties when recre-
       ated, and recreating one of the pair will recreate the other.

       ARGV0  If exported, its value is used as the argv[0] of  external  com-
              mands.  Usually used in constructs like ‘ARGV0=emacs nethack’.

       BAUD   The  baud rate of the current connection.  Used by the line edi-
              tor update mechanism to compensate for a slow terminal by delay-
              ing  updates  until  necessary.  This may be profitably set to a
              lower value in some circumstances, e.g.  for slow modems dialing
              into  a communications server which is connected to a host via a
              fast link; in this case, this variable would be set  by  default
              to  the speed of the fast link, and not the modem.  This parame-
              ter should be set to the baud rate of the slowest  part  of  the
              link  for  best  performance.  The compensation mechanism can be
              turned off by setting the variable to zero.

       cdpath <S> <Z> (CDPATH <S>)
              An array (colon-separated list) of  directories  specifying  the
              search path for the cd command.

       COLUMNS <S>
              The  number  of  columns  for  this  terminal session.  Used for
              printing select lists and for the line editor.

       DIRSTACKSIZE
              The maximum size of the directory  stack.   If  the  stack  gets
              larger  than  this, it will be truncated automatically.  This is
              useful with the AUTO_PUSHD option.

       ENV    If the ENV environment variable is set when zsh is invoked as sh
              or ksh, $ENV is sourced after the profile scripts.  The value of
              ENV is subjected to parameter expansion,  command  substitution,
              and arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a pathname.
              Note that ENV is not used unless zsh is emulating sh or ksh.

       FCEDIT The default editor for the fc builtin.

       fignore <S> <Z> (FIGNORE <S>)
              An array (colon separated list) containing the suffixes of files
              to  be  ignored during filename completion.  However, if comple-
              tion only generates files with suffixes in this list, then these
              files are completed anyway.

       fpath <S> <Z> (FPATH <S>)
              An  array  (colon  separated list) of directories specifying the
              search path for function definitions.   This  path  is  searched
              when a function with the -u attribute is referenced.  If an exe-
              cutable file is found, then it is read and executed in the  cur-
              rent environment.

       histchars <S>
              Three  characters used by the shell’s history and lexical analy-
              sis mechanism.  The first character signals the start of a  his-
              tory  expansion (default ‘!’).  The second character signals the
              start of a quick history substitution (default ‘^’).  The  third
              character is the comment character (default ‘#’).

       HISTCHARS <S> <Z>
              Same as histchars.  (Deprecated.)

       HISTFILE
              The file to save the history in when an interactive shell exits.
              If unset, the history is not saved.

       HISTSIZE <S>
              The maximum number of events  stored  in  the  internal  history
              list.   If  you  use  the HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST option, setting
              this value larger than the SAVEHIST size will give you the  dif-
              ference as a cushion for saving duplicated history events.

       HOME <S>
              The default argument for the cd command.

       IFS <S>
              Internal  field  separators  (by default space, tab, newline and
              NUL), that are used to separate words which result from  command
              or  parameter expansion and words read by the read builtin.  Any
              characters from the set space, tab and newline  that  appear  in
              the IFS are called IFS white space.  One or more IFS white space
              characters or one non-IFS white space  character  together  with
              any  adjacent  IFS white space character delimit a field.  If an
              IFS white space character appears  twice  consecutively  in  the
              IFS,  this  character  is treated as if it were not an IFS white
              space character.

       KEYTIMEOUT
              The time the shell waits, in hundredths of seconds, for  another
              key  to be pressed when reading bound multi-character sequences.

       LANG <S>
              This variable determines the locale category  for  any  category
              not specifically selected via a variable starting with ‘LC_’.

       LC_ALL <S>
              This variable overrides the value of the ‘LANG’ variable and the
              value of any of the other variables starting with ‘LC_’.

       LC_COLLATE <S>
              This variable determines the locale category for character  col-
              lation  information within ranges in glob brackets and for sort-
              ing.

       LC_CTYPE <S>
              This variable determines the locale category for character  han-
              dling functions.

       LC_MESSAGES <S>
              This  variable  determines the language in which messages should
              be written.  Note that zsh does not use message catalogs.

       LC_NUMERIC <S>
              This variable affects the decimal point character and  thousands
              separator character for the formatted input/output functions and
              string conversion functions.  Note that zsh ignores this setting
              when parsing floating point mathematical expressions.

       LC_TIME <S>
              This  variable  determines the locale category for date and time
              formatting in prompt escape sequences.

       LINES <S>
              The number of lines for this terminal session.  Used for  print-
              ing select lists and for the line editor.

       LISTMAX
              In the line editor, the number of matches to list without asking
              first. If the value is negative, the list will be  shown  if  it
              spans  at most as many lines as given by the absolute value.  If
              set to zero, the shell asks only if the top of the listing would
              scroll off the screen.

       LOGCHECK
              The interval in seconds between checks for login/logout activity
              using the watch parameter.

       MAIL   If this parameter is set and mailpath  is  not  set,  the  shell
              looks for mail in the specified file.

       MAILCHECK
              The interval in seconds between checks for new mail.

       mailpath <S> <Z> (MAILPATH <S>)
              An  array  (colon-separated  list) of filenames to check for new
              mail.  Each filename can be followed by a ‘?’ and a message that
              will  be printed.  The message will undergo parameter expansion,
              command substitution and arithmetic expansion with the  variable
              $_  defined  as  the  name  of  the  file that has changed.  The
              default message is ‘You have new mail’.   If  an  element  is  a
              directory  instead  of  a  file the shell will recursively check
              every file in every subdirectory of the element.

       manpath <S> <Z> (MANPATH <S> <Z>)
              An array (colon-separated list) whose value is not used  by  the
              shell.   The manpath array can be useful, however, since setting
              it also sets MANPATH, and vice versa.

       module_path <S> <Z> (MODULE_PATH <S>)
              An array (colon-separated list)  of  directories  that  zmodload
              searches  for dynamically loadable modules.  This is initialized
              to a standard  pathname,  usually  ‘/usr/local/lib/zsh/$ZSH_VER-
              SION’.   (The  ‘/usr/local/lib’ part varies from installation to
              installation.)  For security reasons, any value set in the envi-
              ronment when the shell is started will be ignored.

              These parameters only exist if the installation supports dynamic
              module loading.

       NULLCMD <S>
              The command name to assume if a redirection is specified with no
              command.   Defaults to cat.  For sh/ksh behavior, change this to
              :.  For csh-like behavior, unset this parameter; the shell  will
              print an error message if null commands are entered.

       path <S> <Z> (PATH <S>)
              An  array  (colon-separated  list)  of directories to search for
              commands.  When this parameter is set, each directory is scanned
              and all files found are put in a hash table.

       POSTEDIT <S>
              This  string  is output whenever the line editor exits.  It usu-
              ally contains termcap strings to reset the terminal.

       PROMPT <S> <Z>
       PROMPT2 <S> <Z>
       PROMPT3 <S> <Z>
       PROMPT4 <S> <Z>
              Same as PS1, PS2, PS3 and PS4, respectively.

       prompt <S> <Z>
              Same as PS1.

       PS1 <S>
              The primary prompt string, printed before  a  command  is  read.
              the  default  is ‘%m%# ’.  It undergoes a special form of expan-
              sion before being displayed; see the section ‘Prompt Expansion’.

       PS2 <S>
              The secondary prompt, printed when the shell needs more informa-
              tion to complete a command.  It is expanded in the same  way  as
              PS1.  The default is ‘%_> ’, which displays any shell constructs
              or quotation marks which are currently being processed.

       PS3 <S>
              Selection prompt used within a select loop.  It is  expanded  in
              the same way as PS1.  The default is ‘?# ’.

       PS4 <S>
              The  execution  trace prompt.  Default is ‘+%N:%i> ’, which dis-
              plays the name of the current shell structure and the line  num-
              ber within it.  In sh or ksh emulation, the default is ‘+ ’.

       psvar <S> <Z> (PSVAR <S>)
              An  array  (colon-separated list) whose first nine values can be
              used in PROMPT strings.  Setting psvar also sets PSVAR, and vice
              versa.

       READNULLCMD <S>
              The  command  name  to  assume  if a single input redirection is
              specified with no command.  Defaults to more.

       REPORTTIME
              If nonnegative, commands whose combined user and  system  execu-
              tion  times  (measured  in  seconds) are greater than this value
              have timing statistics printed for them.

       REPLY  This parameter is reserved by convention to pass  string  values
              between  shell  scripts and shell builtins in situations where a
              function call or redirection are impossible or undesirable.  The
              read  builtin  and the select complex command may set REPLY, and
              filename generation both sets and examines its value when evalu-
              ating  certain  expressions.  Some modules also employ REPLY for
              similar purposes.

       reply  As REPLY, but for array values rather than strings.

       RPROMPT <S>
       RPS1 <S>
              This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side  of  the  screen
              when  the  primary  prompt is being displayed on the left.  This
              does not work  if  the  SINGLELINEZLE  option  is  set.   It  is
              expanded in the same way as PS1.

       RPROMPT2 <S>
       RPS2 <S>
              This  prompt  is  displayed on the right-hand side of the screen
              when the secondary prompt is being displayed on the left.   This
              does  not  work  if  the  SINGLELINEZLE  option  is  set.  It is
              expanded in the same way as PS2.

       SAVEHIST
              The maximum number of history events  to  save  in  the  history
              file.

       SPROMPT <S>
              The  prompt  used  for  spelling  correction.  The sequence ‘%R’
              expands to the string which presumably  needs  spelling  correc-
              tion,  and  ‘%r’  expands to the proposed correction.  All other
              prompt escapes are also allowed.

       STTY   If this parameter is set in a command’s environment,  the  shell
              runs  the stty command with the value of this parameter as argu-
              ments in order to set up the terminal before executing the  com-
              mand. The modes apply only to the command, and are reset when it
              finishes or is suspended. If the command is suspended  and  con-
              tinued  later with the fg or wait builtins it will see the modes
              specified by STTY, as if it were not  suspended.   This  (inten-
              tionally)  does  not apply if the command is continued via ‘kill
              -CONT’.  STTY is ignored if the command  is  run  in  the  back-
              ground,  or  if  it  is  in the environment of the shell but not
              explicitly assigned to in the input line.  This  avoids  running
              stty  at  every  external  command by accidentally exporting it.
              Also note that STTY should not be used for window size  specifi-
              cations; these will not be local to the command.

       TERM <S>
              The type of terminal in use.  This is used when looking up term-
              cap sequences.  An assignment to TERM causes zsh to  re-initial-
              ize  the  terminal,  even  if  the  value does not change (e.g.,
              ‘TERM=$TERM’).  It is necessary to make such an assignment  upon
              any  change to the terminal definition database or terminal type
              in order for the new settings to take effect.

       TIMEFMT
              The format of process time reports with the time  keyword.   The
              default is ‘%E real  %U user  %S system  %P %J’.  Recognizes the
              following escape sequences:

              %%     A ‘%’.
              %U     CPU seconds spent in user mode.
              %S     CPU seconds spent in kernel mode.
              %E     Elapsed time in seconds.
              %P     The CPU percentage, computed as (%U+%S)/%E.
              %J     The name of this job.

              A star may be inserted between the percent sign and flags print-
              ing  time.   This cause the time to be printed in ‘hh:mm:ss.ttt’
              format (hours and minutes are  only  printed  if  they  are  not
              zero).

       TMOUT  If  this  parameter  is  nonzero, the shell will receive an ALRM
              signal if a command is not entered within the  specified  number
              of  seconds  after  issuing  a  prompt.  If  there  is a trap on
              SIGALRM, it will be executed and a new alarm is scheduled  using
              the  value  of the TMOUT parameter after executing the trap.  If
              no trap is set, and the idle time of the terminal  is  not  less
              than  the  value of the TMOUT parameter, zsh terminates.  Other-
              wise a new alarm is scheduled to TMOUT seconds  after  the  last
              keypress.

       TMPPREFIX
              A  pathname  prefix  which  the shell will use for all temporary
              files.  Note that this should include an initial  part  for  the
              file  name  as  well  as  any  directory  names.  The default is
              ‘/tmp/zsh’.

       watch <S> <Z> (WATCH <S>)
              An  array  (colon-separated  list)  of  login/logout  events  to
              report.   If  it  contains  the  single  word  ‘all’,  then  all
              login/logout events are reported.  If  it  contains  the  single
              word  ‘notme’, then all events are reported as with ‘all’ except
              $USERNAME.  An entry in this list may consist of a username,  an
              ‘@’  followed by a remote hostname, and a ‘%’ followed by a line
              (tty).  Any or all of these components  may  be  present  in  an
              entry;  if  a  login/logout  event  matches  all  of them, it is
              reported.

       WATCHFMT
              The format of login/logout reports if  the  watch  parameter  is
              set.  Default is ‘%n has %a %l from %m’.  Recognizes the follow-
              ing escape sequences:

              %n     The name of the user that logged in/out.

              %a     The observed action, i.e. "logged on" or "logged off".

              %l     The line (tty) the user is logged in on.

              %M     The full hostname of the remote host.

              %m     The hostname up to the first ‘.’.  If only the IP address
                     is  available  or  the utmp field contains the name of an
                     X-windows display, the whole name is printed.

                     NOTE: The ‘%m’ and ‘%M’ escapes will work only  if  there
                     is a host name field in the utmp on your machine.  Other-
                     wise they are treated as ordinary strings.

              %S (%s)
                     Start (stop) standout mode.

              %U (%u)
                     Start (stop) underline mode.

              %B (%b)
                     Start (stop) boldface mode.

              %t
              %@     The time, in 12-hour, am/pm format.

              %T     The time, in 24-hour format.

              %w     The date in ‘day-dd’ format.

              %W     The date in ‘mm/dd/yy’ format.

              %D     The date in ‘yy-mm-dd’ format.

              %(x:true-text:false-text)
                     Specifies a ternary expression.  The character  following
                     the  x  is arbitrary; the same character is used to sepa-
                     rate the text for the "true" result  from  that  for  the
                     "false"  result.  Both the separator and the right paren-
                     thesis may be escaped with a backslash.  Ternary  expres-
                     sions may be nested.

                     The  test  character x may be any one of ‘l’, ‘n’, ‘m’ or
                     ‘M’, which indicate a ‘true’ result if the  corresponding
                     escape sequence would return a non-empty value; or it may
                     be ‘a’, which indicates a ‘true’ result  if  the  watched
                     user  has  logged  in,  or  ‘false’ if he has logged out.
                     Other characters evaluate to neither true nor false;  the
                     entire expression is omitted in this case.

                     If  the result is ‘true’, then the true-text is formatted
                     according  to  the  rules  above  and  printed,  and  the
                     false-text  is  skipped.   If  ‘false’,  the true-text is
                     skipped and the  false-text  is  formatted  and  printed.
                     Either  or  both  of  the branches may be empty, but both
                     separators must be present in any case.

       WORDCHARS <S>
              A list of non-alphanumeric characters considered part of a  word
              by the line editor.

       ZBEEP  If set, this gives a string of characters, which can use all the
              same codes as the bindkey command as described  in  the  zsh/zle
              module entry in zshmodules(1), that will be output to the termi-
              nal instead of beeping.  This may have a visible instead  of  an
              audible  effect;  for  example,  the  string ‘\e[?5h\e[?5l’ on a
              vt100 or xterm will have the effect of flashing reverse video on
              and  off  (if  you usually use reverse video, you should use the
              string ‘\e[?5l\e[?5h’ instead).  This takes precedence over  the
              NOBEEP option.

       ZDOTDIR
              The  directory  to search for shell startup files (.zshrc, etc),
ZSHOPTIONS(1)                                                    ZSHOPTIONS(1)



              if not $HOME.


NAME

       zshoptions - zsh options


SPECIFYING OPTIONS

       Options are primarily referred to by name.  These names are case insen-
       sitive and underscores are ignored.  For example, ‘allexport’ is equiv-
       alent to ‘A__lleXP_ort’.

       The sense of an option name may be inverted by preceding it with  ‘no’,
       so  ‘setopt  No_Beep’ is equivalent to ‘unsetopt beep’.  This inversion
       can only be done once, so ‘nonobeep’ is not a synonym for ‘beep’.  Sim-
       ilarly,  ‘tify’  is  not  a  synonym  for  ‘nonotify’ (the inversion of
       ‘notify’).

       Some options also have one or more single letter names.  There are  two
       sets of single letter options: one used by default, and another used to
       emulate sh/ksh (used when the SH_OPTION_LETTERS option  is  set).   The
       single  letter  options  can be used on the shell command line, or with
       the set, setopt and unsetopt builtins, as normal Unix options  preceded
       by ‘-’.

       The  sense  of  the  single letter options may be inverted by using ‘+’
       instead of ‘-’.  Some of the single letter option  names  refer  to  an
       option  being  off,  in which case the inversion of that name refers to
       the option being on.  For example, ‘+n’ is the short  name  of  ‘exec’,
       and ‘-n’ is the short name of its inversion, ‘noexec’.

       In  strings  of single letter options supplied to the shell at startup,
       trailing whitespace will be ignored; for example the  string  ‘-f     ’
       will  be treated just as ‘-f’, but the string ‘-f i’ is an error.  This
       is because many systems which implement the ‘#!’ mechanism for  calling
       scripts do not strip trailing whitespace.



DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS

       In  the  following  list,  options set by default in all emulations are
       marked <D>; those set by default only in csh, ksh, sh,  or  zsh  emula-
       tions  are  marked  <C>,  <K>,  <S>,  <Z> as appropriate.  When listing
       options (by ‘setopt’, ‘unsetopt’, ‘set -o’ or ‘set +o’),  those  turned
       on  by  default  appear  in the list prefixed with ‘no’.  Hence (unless
       KSH_OPTION_PRINT is set), ‘setopt’ shows all options whose settings are
       changed from the default.


   Changing Directories
       AUTO_CD (-J)
              If  a  command is issued that can’t be executed as a normal com-
              mand, and the command is the name of a directory, perform the cd
              command to that directory.

       AUTO_PUSHD (-N)
              Make cd push the old directory onto the directory stack.

       CDABLE_VARS (-T)
              If  the  argument  to  a  cd  command (or an implied cd with the
              AUTO_CD option set) is not a directory, and does not begin  with
              a  slash, try to expand the expression as if it were preceded by
              a ‘~’ (see the section ‘Filename Expansion’).

       CHASE_DOTS
              When changing to a directory  containing  a  path  segment  ‘..’
              which  would otherwise be treated as canceling the previous seg-
              ment in the path (in other words, ‘foo/..’ would be removed from
              the  path,  or  if  ‘..’ is the first part of the path, the last
              part of $PWD would be deleted), instead resolve the path to  the
              physical directory.  This option is overridden by CHASE_LINKS.

              For  example,  suppose  /foo/bar  is  a  link  to  the directory
              /alt/rod.  Without this option set, ‘cd /foo/bar/..’ changes  to
              /foo;  with it set, it changes to /alt.  The same applies if the
              current directory is /foo/bar and ‘cd ..’ is  used.   Note  that
              all other symbolic links in the path will also be resolved.

       CHASE_LINKS (-w)
              Resolve symbolic links to their true values when changing direc-
              tory.  This also has the effect of CHASE_DOTS, i.e. a ‘..’  path
              segment  will  be  treated  as referring to the physical parent,
              even if the preceding path segment is a symbolic link.

       PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS
              Don’t push multiple copies of the same directory onto the direc-
              tory stack.

       PUSHD_MINUS
              Exchanges the meanings of ‘+’ and ‘-’ when used with a number to
              specify a directory in the stack.

       PUSHD_SILENT (-E)
              Do not print the directory stack after pushd or popd.

       PUSHD_TO_HOME (-D)
              Have pushd with no arguments act like ‘pushd $HOME’.


   Completion
       ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT <D>
              If unset, key functions that list completions try to  return  to
              the  last prompt if given a numeric argument. If set these func-
              tions try to return to the last prompt if given no numeric argu-
              ment.

       ALWAYS_TO_END
              If  a completion is performed with the cursor within a word, and
              a full completion is inserted, the cursor is moved to the end of
              the  word.   That is, the cursor is moved to the end of the word
              if either a single match is inserted or menu completion is  per-
              formed.

       AUTO_LIST (-9) <D>
              Automatically list choices on an ambiguous completion.

       AUTO_MENU <D>
              Automatically  use  menu completion after the second consecutive
              request for completion, for example  by  pressing  the  tab  key
              repeatedly. This option is overridden by MENU_COMPLETE.

       AUTO_NAME_DIRS
              Any  parameter  that  is set to the absolute name of a directory
              immediately becomes a name for that directory, that will be used
              by  the ‘%~’ and related prompt sequences, and will be available
              when completion is performed on a word starting with ‘~’.  (Oth-
              erwise,  the parameter must be used in the form ‘~param’ first.)

       AUTO_PARAM_KEYS <D>
              If a parameter name was  completed  and  a  following  character
              (normally  a space) automatically inserted, and the next charac-
              ter typed is one of those that have to come directly  after  the
              name (like ‘}’, ‘:’, etc.), the automatically added character is
              deleted, so that the character typed comes immediately after the
              parameter  name.   Completion  in  a brace expansion is affected
              similarly: the added character is a ‘,’, which will  be  removed
              if ‘}’ is typed next.

       AUTO_PARAM_SLASH <D>
              If  a  parameter  is  completed  whose  content is the name of a
              directory, then add a trailing slash instead of a space.

       AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH <D>
              When the last character resulting from a completion is  a  slash
              and  the next character typed is a word delimiter, a slash, or a
              character that ends a command (such as a semicolon or an  amper-
              sand), remove the slash.

       BASH_AUTO_LIST
              On  an ambiguous completion, automatically list choices when the
              completion function is called twice in succession.   This  takes
              precedence  over  AUTO_LIST.   The  setting of LIST_AMBIGUOUS is
              respected.  If AUTO_MENU is set, the menu  behaviour  will  then
              start  with  the third press.  Note that this will not work with
              MENU_COMPLETE, since repeated completion calls immediately cycle
              through the list in that case.

       COMPLETE_ALIASES
              Prevents  aliases on the command line from being internally sub-
              stituted before completion is attempted.  The effect is to  make
              the alias a distinct command for completion purposes.

       COMPLETE_IN_WORD
              If unset, the cursor is set to the end of the word if completion
              is started. Otherwise it stays there and completion is done from
              both ends.

       GLOB_COMPLETE
              When  the current word has a glob pattern, do not insert all the
              words resulting from the expansion but generate matches  as  for
              completion  and  cycle  through  them  like  MENU_COMPLETE.  The
              matches are generated as if a ‘*’ was added to the  end  of  the
              word,  or  inserted  at the cursor when COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set.
              This actually uses pattern matching, not globbing, so  it  works
              not only for files but for any completion, such as options, user
              names, etc.

       HASH_LIST_ALL <D>
              Whenever a command completion is attempted, make sure the entire
              command  path  is hashed first.  This makes the first completion
              slower.

       LIST_AMBIGUOUS <D>
              This option works when AUTO_LIST or BASH_AUTO_LIST is also  set.
              If there is an unambiguous prefix to insert on the command line,
              that is done without a completion list being displayed; in other
              words,  auto-listing  behaviour  only  takes  place when nothing
              would be inserted.  In the case of  BASH_AUTO_LIST,  this  means
              that the list will be delayed to the third call of the function.

       LIST_BEEP <D>
              Beep on an ambiguous completion.  More accurately,  this  forces
              the  completion  widgets to return status 1 on an ambiguous com-
              pletion, which causes the shell to beep if the  option  BEEP  is
              also  set;  this  may be modified if completion is called from a
              user-defined widget.

       LIST_PACKED
              Try to make the completion list smaller (occupying  less  lines)
              by printing the matches in columns with different widths.

       LIST_ROWS_FIRST
              Lay  out  the  matches  in completion lists sorted horizontally,
              that is, the second match is to the right of the first one,  not
              under it as usual.

       LIST_TYPES (-X) <D>
              When  listing files that are possible completions, show the type
              of each file with a trailing identifying mark.

       MENU_COMPLETE (-Y)
              On an ambiguous completion, instead of listing possibilities  or
              beeping,  insert the first match immediately.  Then when comple-
              tion is requested again, remove the first match and  insert  the
              second  match,  etc.  When there are no more matches, go back to
              the first one again.  reverse-menu-complete may be used to  loop
              through  the  list in the other direction. This option overrides
              AUTO_MENU.

       REC_EXACT (-S)
              In completion, recognize exact matches even if they are  ambigu-
              ous.


   Expansion and Globbing
       BAD_PATTERN (+2) <C> <Z>
              If  a  pattern for filename generation is badly formed, print an
              error message.  (If this option is unset, the  pattern  will  be
              left unchanged.)

       BARE_GLOB_QUAL <Z>
              In  a  glob  pattern,  treat  a trailing set of parentheses as a
              qualifier list, if it contains no ‘|’, ‘(’ or (if  special)  ‘~’
              characters.  See the section ‘Filename Generation’.

       BRACE_CCL
              Expand  expressions  in braces which would not otherwise undergo
              brace expansion to a lexically ordered list of all  the  charac-
              ters.  See the section ‘Brace Expansion’.

       CASE_GLOB <D>
              Make  globbing  (filename  generation)  sensitive to case.  Note
              that other uses of patterns are always sensitive  to  case.   If
              the option is unset, the presence of any character which is spe-
              cial to filename generation will cause  case-insensitive  match-
              ing.   For  example, cvs(/) can match the directory CVS owing to
              the  presence  of  the  globbing   flag   (unless   the   option
              BARE_GLOB_QUAL is unset).

       CSH_NULL_GLOB <C>
              If  a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
              pattern from the argument list; do not report  an  error  unless
              all  the  patterns  in  a  command  have  no matches.  Overrides
              NOMATCH.

       EQUALS <Z>
              Perform = filename expansion.  (See the section ‘Filename Expan-
              sion’.)

       EXTENDED_GLOB
              Treat  the  ‘#’,  ‘~’ and ‘^’ characters as part of patterns for
              filename generation, etc.  (An initial unquoted ‘~’ always  pro-
              duces named directory expansion.)

       GLOB (+F, ksh: +f) <D>
              Perform filename generation (globbing).  (See the section ‘File-
              name Generation’.)

       GLOB_ASSIGN <C>
              If this option is set, filename generation  (globbing)  is  per-
              formed on the right hand side of scalar parameter assignments of
              the form ‘name=pattern (e.g. ‘foo=*’).  If the result  has  more
              than  one  word  the  parameter  will become an array with those
              words as arguments. This option is provided for  backwards  com-
              patibility  only: globbing is always performed on the right hand
              side of array  assignments  of  the  form  ‘name=(value)’  (e.g.
              ‘foo=(*)’)  and  this form is recommended for clarity; with this
              option set, it is not possible to  predict  whether  the  result
              will be an array or a scalar.

       GLOB_DOTS (-4)
              Do not require a leading ‘.’ in a filename to be matched explic-
              itly.

       GLOB_SUBST <C> <K> <S>
              Treat any characters resulting from parameter expansion as being
              eligible  for  file  expansion  and filename generation, and any
              characters resulting from command substitution as being eligible
              for  filename generation.  Braces (and commas in between) do not
              become eligible for expansion.

       IGNORE_BRACES (-I) <S>
              Do not perform brace expansion.

       KSH_GLOB <K>
              In  pattern  matching,  the  interpretation  of  parentheses  is
              affected by a preceding ‘@’, ‘*’, ‘+’, ‘?’ or ‘!’.  See the sec-
              tion ‘Filename Generation’.

       MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST
              All unquoted arguments of the form ‘anything=expression’ appear-
              ing  after  the  command  name have filename expansion (that is,
              where expression has a leading ‘~’ or ‘=’) performed on  expres-
              sion  as if it were a parameter assignment.  The argument is not
              otherwise treated specially; it is passed to the  command  as  a
              single argument, and not used as an actual parameter assignment.
              For example, in echo  foo=~/bar:~/rod,  both  occurrences  of  ~
              would  be  replaced.  Note that this happens anyway with typeset
              and similar statements.

              This option respects the setting of the KSH_TYPESET option.   In
              other  words,  if  both options are in effect, arguments looking
              like assignments will not undergo wordsplitting.

       MARK_DIRS (-8, ksh: -X)
              Append a trailing ‘/’ to  all  directory  names  resulting  from
              filename generation (globbing).

       NOMATCH (+3) <C> <Z>
              If  a  pattern  for filename generation has no matches, print an
              error, instead of leaving it unchanged  in  the  argument  list.
              This also applies to file expansion of an initial ‘~’ or ‘=’.

       NULL_GLOB (-G)
              If  a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
              pattern from the argument list instead of  reporting  an  error.
              Overrides NOMATCH.

       NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT
              If  numeric  filenames are matched by a filename generation pat-
              tern, sort the filenames numerically rather  than  lexicographi-
              cally.

       RC_EXPAND_PARAM (-P)
              Array  expansions of the form ‘foo${xx}bar’, where the parameter
              xx is set to (a b c),  are  substituted  with  ‘fooabar  foobbar
              foocbar’ instead of the default ‘fooa b cbar’.

       SH_GLOB <K> <S>
              Disables  the special meaning of ‘(’, ‘|’, ‘)’ and ’<’ for glob-
              bing the result of parameter and command substitutions,  and  in
              some other places where the shell accepts patterns.  This option
              is set by default if zsh is invoked as sh or ksh.

       UNSET (+u, ksh: +u) <K> <S> <Z>
              Treat unset parameters as if they were empty when  substituting.
              Otherwise they are treated as an error.


   History
       APPEND_HISTORY <D>
              If  this  is set, zsh sessions will append their history list to
              the history file, rather than overwrite it. Thus, multiple  par-
              allel  zsh  sessions  will all have their history lists added to
              the history file, in the order they are killed.

       BANG_HIST (+K) <C> <Z>
              Perform textual history expansion, csh-style, treating the char-
              acter ‘!’ specially.

       EXTENDED_HISTORY <C>
              Save  each  command’s  beginning timestamp (in seconds since the
              epoch) and the duration (in seconds) to the history  file.   The
              format of this prefixed data is:

              ‘:<beginning time>:<elapsed seconds>:<command>’.

       HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER
              Add ‘|’ to output redirections in the history.  This allows his-
              tory references to clobber files even when CLOBBER is unset.

       HIST_BEEP <D>
              Beep when an attempt is made to access  a  history  entry  which
              isn’t there.

       HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST
              If  the  internal history needs to be trimmed to add the current
              command line, setting this option will cause the oldest  history
              event  that  has  a  duplicate to be lost before losing a unique
              event from the list.  You should be sure to  set  the  value  of
              HISTSIZE  to  a larger number than SAVEHIST in order to give you
              some room for the duplicated events, otherwise this option  will
              behave  just like HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS once the history fills up
              with unique events.

       HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS
              When searching for history entries in the line  editor,  do  not
              display  duplicates  of  a  line  previously  found, even if the
              duplicates are not contiguous.

       HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS
              If a new command line being added to the history list duplicates
              an  older  one, the older command is removed from the list (even
              if it is not the previous event).

       HIST_IGNORE_DUPS (-h)
              Do not enter command lines into the history  list  if  they  are
              duplicates of the previous event.

       HIST_IGNORE_SPACE (-g)
              Remove  command lines from the history list when the first char-
              acter on the line is a  space,  or  when  one  of  the  expanded
              aliases contains a leading space.  Note that the command lingers
              in the internal history until the next command is entered before
              it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse or edit the line.  If
              you want to make it vanish right away without  entering  another
              command, type a space and press return.

       HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS
              Remove  function  definitions  from the history list.  Note that
              the function lingers in the  internal  history  until  the  next
              command  is  entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly
              reuse or edit the definition.

       HIST_NO_STORE
              Remove the history (fc -l) command from the  history  list  when
              invoked.   Note that the command lingers in the internal history
              until the next command is entered before it  vanishes,  allowing
              you to briefly reuse or edit the line.

       HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS
              Remove  superfluous blanks from each command line being added to
              the history list.

       HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS
              When writing out the history file, older commands that duplicate
              newer ones are omitted.

       HIST_VERIFY
              Whenever  the  user  enters a line with history expansion, don’t
              execute the line directly; instead,  perform  history  expansion
              and reload the line into the editing buffer.

       INC_APPEND_HISTORY
              This  options  works like APPEND_HISTORY except that new history
              lines are added to the $HISTFILE incrementally (as soon as  they
              are  entered),  rather  than  waiting until the shell is killed.
              The file is periodically trimmed to the number of  lines  speci-
              fied  by $SAVEHIST, but can exceed this value between trimmings.

       SHARE_HISTORY <K>

              This option both imports new commands from the history file, and
              also  causes  your  typed commands to be appended to the history
              file (the latter is like  specifying  INC_APPEND_HISTORY).   The
              history  lines are also output with timestamps ala EXTENDED_HIS-
              TORY (which makes it easier to find the spot where we  left  off
              reading the file after it gets re-written).

              By  default,  history movement commands visit the imported lines
              as well as the local lines, but you can toggle this on  and  off
              with  the set-local-history zle binding.  It is also possible to
              create a zle widget that will make some commands ignore imported
              commands, and some include them.

              If  you  find  that you want more control over when commands get
              imported,   you   may   wish   to   turn   SHARE_HISTORY    off,
              INC_APPEND_HISTORY  on,  and then manually import commands when-
              ever you need them using ‘fc -RI’.


   Initialisation
       ALL_EXPORT (-a, ksh: -a)
              All parameters subsequently defined are automatically  exported.

       GLOBAL_EXPORT (<Z>)
              If  this  option  is  set,  passing  the -x flag to the builtins
              declare, float, integer, readonly and typeset  (but  not  local)
              will  also  set  the  -g flag;  hence parameters exported to the
              environment will not be made local to  the  enclosing  function,
              unless they were already or the flag +g is given explicitly.  If
              the option is unset, exported parameters will be made  local  in
              just the same way as any other parameter.

              This  option is set by default for backward compatibility; it is
              not recommended that its behaviour be relied  upon.   Note  that
              the  builtin  export  always  sets both the -x and -g flags, and
              hence its effect extends beyond the scope of the enclosing func-
              tion; this is the most portable way to achieve this behaviour.

       GLOBAL_RCS (-d) <D>
              If  this  option  is  unset,  the  startup  files /etc/zprofile,
              /etc/zshrc, /etc/zlogin and /etc/zlogout will not  be  run.   It
              can  be  disabled  and  re-enabled at any time, including inside
              local startup files (.zshrc, etc.).

       RCS (+f) <D>
              After /etc/zshenv is sourced on  startup,  source  the  .zshenv,
              /etc/zprofile, .zprofile, /etc/zshrc, .zshrc, /etc/zlogin, .zlo-
              gin, and .zlogout files, as described in  the  section  ‘Files’.
              If  this option is unset, the /etc/zshenv file is still sourced,
              but any of the others will not be; it can be set at any time  to
              prevent  the remaining startup files after the currently execut-
              ing one from being sourced.


   Input/Output
       ALIASES <D>
              Expand aliases.

       CLOBBER (+C, ksh: +C) <D>
              Allows ‘>’ redirection to truncate existing files, and  ‘>>’  to
              create files.  Otherwise ‘>!’ or ‘>|’ must be used to truncate a
              file, and ‘>>!’ or ‘>>|’ to create a file.

       CORRECT (-0)
              Try to correct the spelling of commands.  Note  that,  when  the
              HASH_LIST_ALL  option is not set or when some directories in the
              path are not readable, this may falsely report  spelling  errors
              the first time some commands are used.

       CORRECT_ALL (-O)
              Try to correct the spelling of all arguments in a line.

       DVORAK Use  the Dvorak keyboard instead of the standard qwerty keyboard
              as a basis for examining spelling mistakes for the  CORRECT  and
              CORRECT_ALL options and the spell-word editor command.

       FLOW_CONTROL <D>
              If  this  option  is  unset,  output flow control via start/stop
              characters (usually  assigned  to  ^S/^Q)  is  disabled  in  the
              shell’s editor.

       IGNORE_EOF (-7)
              Do  not  exit on end-of-file.  Require the use of exit or logout
              instead.  However, ten consecutive EOFs will cause the shell  to
              exit anyway, to avoid the shell hanging if its tty goes away.

              Also,  if  this  option  is set and the Zsh Line Editor is used,
              widgets implemented by shell functions can be bound to EOF (nor-
              mally  Control-D)  without  printing the normal warning message.
              This works only for normal widgets, not for completion  widgets.

       INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS (-k) <K> <S>
              Allow comments even in interactive shells.

       HASH_CMDS <D>
              Note the location of each command the first time it is executed.
              Subsequent invocations of the same command will  use  the  saved
              location,  avoiding  a path search.  If this option is unset, no
              path hashing is done at all.  However, when CORRECT is set, com-
              mands whose names do not appear in the functions or aliases hash
              tables are hashed in order to avoid reporting them  as  spelling
              errors.

       HASH_DIRS <D>
              Whenever a command name is hashed, hash the directory containing
              it, as well as all directories that occur earlier in  the  path.
              Has no effect if neither HASH_CMDS nor CORRECT is set.

       MAIL_WARNING (-U)
              Print  a  warning message if a mail file has been accessed since
              the shell last checked.

       PATH_DIRS (-Q)
              Perform a path search even on  command  names  with  slashes  in
              them.  Thus if ‘/usr/local/bin’ is in the user’s path, and he or
              she types ‘X11/xinit’,  the  command  ‘/usr/local/bin/X11/xinit’
              will  be  executed  (assuming  it  exists).  Commands explicitly
              beginning with ‘/’, ‘./’ or ‘../’ are not subject  to  the  path
              search.  This also applies to the . builtin.

              Note  that  subdirectories  of  the current directory are always
              searched for executables specified in  this  form.   This  takes
              place before any search indicated by this option, and regardless
              of whether ‘.’ or the current directory appear  in  the  command
              search path.

       PRINT_EIGHT_BIT
              Print  eight  bit characters literally in completion lists, etc.
              This option is not necessary if your  system  correctly  returns
              the printability of eight bit characters (see ctype(3)).

       PRINT_EXIT_VALUE (-1)
              Print the exit value of programs with non-zero exit status.

       RC_QUOTES
              Allow  the  character  sequence  ‘â€â€™â€â€™â€™  to signify a single quote
              within singly quoted strings.   Note  this  does  not  apply  in
              quoted strings using the format $â€â€™...â€â€™, where a backslashed sin-
              gle quote can be used.

       RM_STAR_SILENT (-H) <K> <S>
              Do not query the user before executing ‘rm *’ or ‘rm path/*’.

       RM_STAR_WAIT
              If querying the user before executing ‘rm  *’  or  ‘rm  path/*’,
              first  wait  ten seconds and ignore anything typed in that time.
              This avoids the problem of reflexively answering  ‘yes’  to  the
              query  when  one  didn’t really mean it.  The wait and query can
              always be avoided by expanding the ‘*’ in ZLE (with tab).

       SHORT_LOOPS <C> <Z>
              Allow the short forms of for, repeat, select, if,  and  function
              constructs.

       SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK (-L)
              If  a line ends with a backquote, and there are an odd number of
              backquotes on the line, ignore the trailing backquote.  This  is
              useful  on some keyboards where the return key is too small, and
              the backquote key lies annoyingly close to it.


   Job Control
       AUTO_CONTINUE
              With this option set, stopped jobs that are removed from the job
              table  with  the disown builtin command are automatically sent a
              CONT signal to make them running.

       AUTO_RESUME (-W)
              Treat single word simple commands without redirection as  candi-
              dates for resumption of an existing job.

       BG_NICE (-6) <C> <Z>
              Run all background jobs at a lower priority.  This option is set
              by default.

       CHECK_JOBS <Z>
              Report the status of background and suspended jobs before  exit-
              ing a shell with job control; a second attempt to exit the shell
              will succeed.  NO_CHECK_JOBS is best used  only  in  combination
              with NO_HUP, else such jobs will be killed automatically.

              The  check is omitted if the commands run from the previous com-
              mand line included a ‘jobs’ command, since  it  is  assumed  the
              user  is  aware  that there are background or suspended jobs.  A
              ‘jobs’ command run from the precmd function is not  counted  for
              this purpose.

       HUP <Z>
              Send the HUP signal to running jobs when the shell exits.

       LONG_LIST_JOBS (-R)
              List jobs in the long format by default.

       MONITOR (-m, ksh: -m)
              Allow job control.  Set by default in interactive shells.

       NOTIFY (-5, ksh: -b) <Z>
              Report  the  status  of background jobs immediately, rather than
              waiting until just before printing a prompt.


   Prompting
       PROMPT_BANG <K>
              If set, ‘!’ is treated specially in prompt expansion.   See  the
              section ‘Prompt Expansion’.

       PROMPT_CR (+V) <D>
              Print  a  carriage  return  just before printing a prompt in the
              line editor.  This is on by default  as  multi-line  editing  is
              only  possible  if  the editor knows where the start of the line
              appears.

       PROMPT_PERCENT <C> <Z>
              If set, ‘%’ is treated specially in prompt expansion.   See  the
              section ‘Prompt Expansion’.

       PROMPT_SUBST <K>
              If set, parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic
              expansion are performed in prompts.

       TRANSIENT_RPROMPT
              Remove any right prompt from display when  accepting  a  command
              line.   This  may  be useful with terminals with other cut/paste
              methods.


   Scripts and Functions
       C_BASES
              Output hexadecimal numbers in the standard C format, for example
              ‘0xFF’ instead of the usual ‘16#FF’.  If the option OCTAL_ZEROES
              is also set (it is  not  by  default),  octal  numbers  will  be
              treated  similarly  and hence appear as ‘077’ instead of ‘8#77’.
              This option has no effect on the choice of the output base,  nor
              on  the  output of bases other than hexadecimal and octal.  Note
              that these formats will be understood on input  irrespective  of
              the setting of C_BASES.

       ERR_EXIT (-e, ksh: -e)
              If  a command has a non-zero exit status, execute the ZERR trap,
              if set, and exit.  This is disabled while running initialization
              scripts.  cidnex(return from function, on error)

       ERR_RETURN
              If a command has a non-zero exit status, return immediately from
              the enclosing function.  The logic  is  identical  to  that  for
              ERR_EXIT,  except  that an implicit return statement is executed
              instead of an exit.  This will trigger an exit at the  outermost
              level of a non-interactive script.

       EXEC (+n, ksh: +n) <D>
              Do execute commands.  Without this option, commands are read and
              checked for syntax errors, but not executed.  This option cannot
              be  turned off in an interactive shell, except when ‘-n’ is sup-
              plied to the shell at startup.

       FUNCTION_ARGZERO <C> <Z>
              When executing a shell function or sourcing  a  script,  set  $0
              temporarily to the name of the function/script.

       LOCAL_OPTIONS <K>
              If  this option is set at the point of return from a shell func-
              tion, all the options (including this one) which were  in  force
              upon  entry  to the function are restored.  Otherwise, only this
              option and the XTRACE and PRINT_EXIT_VALUE options are restored.
              Hence  if this is explicitly unset by a shell function the other
              options in force at the point of return will remain so.  A shell
              function  can  also guarantee itself a known shell configuration
              with a formulation like  ‘emulate  -L  zsh’;  the  -L  activates
              LOCAL_OPTIONS.

       LOCAL_TRAPS <K>
              If  this  option is set when a signal trap is set inside a func-
              tion, then the previous status of the trap for that signal  will
              be restored when the function exits.  Note that this option must
              be set prior to altering  the  trap  behaviour  in  a  function;
              unlike  LOCAL_OPTIONS,  the  value  on exit from the function is
              irrelevant.  However, it does not need  to  be  set  before  any
              global  trap  for  that  to be correctly restored by a function.
              For example,

                     unsetopt localtraps
                     trap - INT
                     fn() { setopt localtraps; trap â€â€™â€â€™ INT; sleep 3; }

              will restore normally handling  of  SIGINT  after  the  function
              exits.

       MULTIOS <Z>
              Perform  implicit  tees  or  cats when multiple redirections are
              attempted (see the section ‘Redirection’).

       OCTAL_ZEROES <S>
              Interpret any integer constant beginning with a 0 as octal,  per
              IEEE  Std 1003.2-1992 (ISO 9945-2:1993).  This is not enabled by
              default as it causes problems with parsing of, for example, date
              and time strings with leading zeroes.

       TYPESET_SILENT
              If  this is unset, executing any of the ‘typeset’ family of com-
              mands with no options and a list of parameters that have no val-
              ues  to  be assigned but already exist will display the value of
              the parameter.  If the option is set, they will  only  be  shown
              when  parameters  are selected with the ‘-m’ option.  The option
              ‘-p’ is available whether or not the option is set.

       VERBOSE (-v, ksh: -v)
              Print shell input lines as they are read.

       XTRACE (-x, ksh: -x)
              Print commands and their arguments as they are executed.


   Shell Emulation
       BSD_ECHO <S>
              Make the echo builtin compatible with the BSD  echo(1)  command.
              This  disables  backslashed  escape  sequences  in  echo strings
              unless the -e option is specified.

       CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY <C>
              A history reference without an event specifier will always refer
              to  the  previous  command.  Without this option, such a history
              reference refers to the same event as the previous history  ref-
              erence, defaulting to the previous command.

       CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS <C>
              Allow  loop  bodies  to take the form ‘list; end’ instead of ‘do
              list; done’.

       CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES <C>
              Changes the rules for single- and double-quoted  text  to  match
              that  of  csh.  These require that embedded newlines be preceded
              by a backslash; unescaped newlines will cause an error  message.
              In  double-quoted  strings, it is made impossible to escape ‘$’,
              ‘â€â€˜â€™ or ‘"’ (and ‘\’ itself no longer needs  escaping).   Command
              substitutions are only expanded once, and cannot be nested.

       CSH_NULLCMD <C>
              Do  not  use  the values of NULLCMD and READNULLCMD when running
              redirections with no command.  This make such redirections  fail
              (see the section ‘Redirection’).

       KSH_ARRAYS <K> <S>
              Emulate  ksh  array  handling  as  closely as possible.  If this
              option is set, array elements are numbered from zero,  an  array
              parameter  without subscript refers to the first element instead
              of the whole array, and braces are required to  delimit  a  sub-
              script (‘${path[2]}’ rather than just ‘$path[2]’).

       KSH_AUTOLOAD <K> <S>
              Emulate  ksh function autoloading.  This means that when a func-
              tion is autoloaded, the corresponding file is  merely  executed,
              and  must define the function itself.  (By default, the function
              is defined to the contents of the file.  However, the most  com-
              mon  ksh-style case - of the file containing only a simple defi-
              nition of the function - is always handled in the ksh-compatible
              manner.)

       KSH_OPTION_PRINT <K>
              Alters the way options settings are printed: instead of separate
              lists of set and unset options, all options  are  shown,  marked
              ‘on’ if they are in the non-default state, ‘off’ otherwise.

       KSH_TYPESET <K>
              Alters  the  way  arguments  to  the typeset family of commands,
              including declare, export, float, integer, local  and  readonly,
              are  processed.   Without  this  option, zsh will perform normal
              word splitting after command and parameter  expansion  in  argu-
              ments  of  an  assignment; with it, word splitting does not take
              place in those cases.

       POSIX_BUILTINS <K> <S>
              When this option is set the command builtin can be used to  exe-
              cute  shell  builtin  commands.  Parameter assignments specified
              before shell functions and special builtins are kept  after  the
              command  completes  unless  the special builtin is prefixed with
              the command builtin.  Special builtins are  .,  :,  break,  con-
              tinue,  declare,  eval,  exit, export, integer, local, readonly,
              return, set, shift, source, times, trap and unset.

       SH_FILE_EXPANSION <K> <S>
              Perform filename expansion (e.g., ~ expansion) before  parameter
              expansion,  command substitution, arithmetic expansion and brace
              expansion.  If this option is unset, it is performed after brace
              expansion, so things like ‘~$USERNAME’ and ‘~{pfalstad,rc}’ will
              work.

       SH_NULLCMD <K> <S>
              Do not use the values of  NULLCMD  and  READNULLCMD  when  doing
              redirections, use ‘:’ instead (see the section ‘Redirection’).

       SH_OPTION_LETTERS <K> <S>
              If this option is set the shell tries to interpret single letter
              options (which are used with set  and  setopt)  like  ksh  does.
              This also affects the value of the - special parameter.

       SH_WORD_SPLIT (-y) <K> <S>
              Causes  field  splitting  to  be performed on unquoted parameter
              expansions.  Note that this option has nothing to do  with  word
              splitting.  (See the section ‘Parameter Expansion’.)

       TRAPS_ASYNC
              While  waiting  for  a  program  to exit, handle signals and run
              traps immediately.  Otherwise the trap is run after a child pro-
              cess  has  exited.  Note this does not affect the point at which
              traps are run for any case other than when the shell is  waiting
              for a child process.


   Shell State
       INTERACTIVE (-i, ksh: -i)
              This is an interactive shell.  This option is set upon initiali-
              sation if the standard input is a tty  and  commands  are  being
              read  from  standard input.  (See the discussion of SHIN_STDIN.)
              This heuristic may be overridden by specifying a state for  this
              option  on the command line.  The value of this option cannot be
              changed anywhere other than the command line.

       LOGIN (-l, ksh: -l)
              This is a login shell.  If this option is  not  explicitly  set,
              the shell is a login shell if the first character of the argv[0]
              passed to the shell is a ‘-’.

       PRIVILEGED (-p, ksh: -p)
              Turn on  privileged  mode.  This  is  enabled  automatically  on
              startup  if  the  effective  user (group) ID is not equal to the
              real user (group) ID.  Turning this option off causes the effec-
              tive  user  and  group  IDs to be set to the real user and group
              IDs. This option disables sourcing user startup files.   If  zsh
              is invoked as ‘sh’ or ‘ksh’ with this option set, /etc/suid_pro-
              file is sourced  (after  /etc/profile  on  interactive  shells).
              Sourcing  ~/.profile  is  disabled  and  the contents of the ENV
              variable is ignored. This option cannot be changed using the  -m
              option of setopt and unsetopt, and changing it inside a function
              always changes  it  globally  regardless  of  the  LOCAL_OPTIONS
              option.

       RESTRICTED (-r)
              Enables  restricted  mode.   This option cannot be changed using
              unsetopt, and setting it inside a  function  always  changes  it
              globally  regardless  of the LOCAL_OPTIONS option.  See the sec-
              tion ‘Restricted Shell’.

       SHIN_STDIN (-s, ksh: -s)
              Commands are being read from the standard input.   Commands  are
              read  from standard input if no command is specified with -c and
              no file of commands is specified.  If SHIN_STDIN is set  explic-
              itly on the command line, any argument that would otherwise have
              been taken as a file to run will instead be treated as a  normal
              positional  parameter.   Note  that  setting  or  unsetting this
              option on the command line does not necessarily affect the state
              the option will have while the shell is running - that is purely
              an indicator of whether on not commands are actually being  read
              from standard input.  The value of this option cannot be changed
              anywhere other than the command line.

       SINGLE_COMMAND (-t, ksh: -t)
              If the shell is reading from standard input, it  exits  after  a
              single  command  has  been  executed.  This also makes the shell
              non-interactive, unless the INTERACTIVE option is explicitly set
              on the command line.  The value of this option cannot be changed
              anywhere other than the command line.


   Zle
       BEEP (+B) <D>
              Beep on error in ZLE.

       EMACS  If ZLE is loaded, turning on  this  option  has  the  equivalent
              effect  of  ‘bindkey  -e’.  In addition, the VI option is unset.
              Turning it off has no effect.  The option setting is not guaran-
              teed to reflect the current keymap.  This option is provided for
              compatibility; bindkey is the recommended interface.

       OVERSTRIKE
              Start up the line editor in overstrike mode.

       SINGLE_LINE_ZLE (-M) <K>
              Use single-line command line editing instead of multi-line.

       VI     If ZLE is loaded, turning on  this  option  has  the  equivalent
              effect of ‘bindkey -v’.  In addition, the EMACS option is unset.
              Turning it off has no effect.  The option setting is not guaran-
              teed to reflect the current keymap.  This option is provided for
              compatibility; bindkey is the recommended interface.

       ZLE (-Z)
              Use the zsh line editor.  Set by default in  interactive  shells
              connected to a terminal.



OPTION ALIASES

       Some  options have alternative names.  These aliases are never used for
       output, but can be used just like normal option names  when  specifying
       options to the shell.

       BRACE_EXPAND
              NO_IGNORE_BRACES (ksh and bash compatibility)

       DOT_GLOB
              GLOB_DOTS (bash compatibility)

       HASH_ALL
              HASH_CMDS (bash compatibility)

       HIST_APPEND
              APPEND_HISTORY (bash compatibility)

       HIST_EXPAND
              BANG_HIST (bash compatibility)

       LOG    NO_HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS (ksh compatibility)

       MAIL_WARN
              MAIL_WARNING (bash compatibility)

       ONE_CMD
              SINGLE_COMMAND (bash compatibility)

       PHYSICAL
              CHASE_LINKS (ksh and bash compatibility)

       PROMPT_VARS
              PROMPT_SUBST (bash compatibility)

       STDIN  SHIN_STDIN (ksh compatibility)

       TRACK_ALL
              HASH_CMDS (ksh compatibility)


SINGLE LETTER OPTIONS

   Default set
       -0     CORRECT
       -1     PRINT_EXIT_VALUE
       -2     NO_BAD_PATTERN
       -3     NO_NOMATCH
       -4     GLOB_DOTS
       -5     NOTIFY
       -6     BG_NICE
       -7     IGNORE_EOF
       -8     MARK_DIRS
       -9     AUTO_LIST
       -B     NO_BEEP
       -C     NO_CLOBBER
       -D     PUSHD_TO_HOME
       -E     PUSHD_SILENT
       -F     NO_GLOB
       -G     NULL_GLOB
       -H     RM_STAR_SILENT
       -I     IGNORE_BRACES
       -J     AUTO_CD
       -K     NO_BANG_HIST
       -L     SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK
       -M     SINGLE_LINE_ZLE
       -N     AUTO_PUSHD
       -O     CORRECT_ALL
       -P     RC_EXPAND_PARAM
       -Q     PATH_DIRS
       -R     LONG_LIST_JOBS
       -S     REC_EXACT
       -T     CDABLE_VARS
       -U     MAIL_WARNING
       -V     NO_PROMPT_CR
       -W     AUTO_RESUME
       -X     LIST_TYPES
       -Y     MENU_COMPLETE
       -Z     ZLE
       -a     ALL_EXPORT
       -e     ERR_EXIT
       -f     NO_RCS
       -g     HIST_IGNORE_SPACE
       -h     HIST_IGNORE_DUPS
       -i     INTERACTIVE
       -k     INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
       -l     LOGIN
       -m     MONITOR
       -n     NO_EXEC
       -p     PRIVILEGED
       -r     RESTRICTED
       -s     SHIN_STDIN
       -t     SINGLE_COMMAND
       -u     NO_UNSET
       -v     VERBOSE
       -w     CHASE_LINKS
       -x     XTRACE
       -y     SH_WORD_SPLIT

   sh/ksh emulation set
       -C     NO_CLOBBER
       -T     TRAPS_ASYNC
       -X     MARK_DIRS
       -a     ALL_EXPORT
       -b     NOTIFY
       -e     ERR_EXIT
       -f     NO_GLOB
       -i     INTERACTIVE
       -l     LOGIN
       -m     MONITOR
       -n     NO_EXEC
       -p     PRIVILEGED
       -r     RESTRICTED
       -s     SHIN_STDIN
       -t     SINGLE_COMMAND
       -u     NO_UNSET
       -v     VERBOSE
       -x     XTRACE

   Also note
       -A     Used by set for setting arrays
       -b     Used on the command line to specify end of option processing
       -c     Used on the command line to specify a single command
       -m     Used by setopt for pattern-matching option setting
       -o     Used in all places to allow use of long option names
ZSHBUILTINS(1)                                                  ZSHBUILTINS(1)



       -s     Used by set to sort positional parameters


NAME

       zshbuiltins - zsh built-in commands


SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS

       - simple command
              See the section ‘Precommand Modifiers’.

       . file [ arg ... ]
              Read  commands  from  file and execute them in the current shell
              environment.

              If file does not contain a slash, or if PATH_DIRS  is  set,  the
              shell  looks  in  the  components of $path to find the directory
              containing file.  Files in the current directory  are  not  read
              unless  ‘.’  appears  somewhere  in  $path.   If  a  file  named
              ‘file.zwc’ is found, is newer than file,  and  is  the  compiled
              form  (created with the zcompile builtin) of file, then commands
              are read from that file instead of file.

              If any arguments arg  are  given,  they  become  the  positional
              parameters;  the old positional parameters are restored when the
              file is done executing.  The exit status is the exit  status  of
              the last command executed.

       : [ arg ... ]
              This  command  does nothing, although normal argument expansions
              is performed which may have effects on shell parameters.  A zero
              exit code is returned.

       alias [ {+|-}gmrsL ] [ name[=value] ... ]
              For  each  name with a corresponding value, define an alias with
              that value.  A trailing space in value causes the next  word  to
              be  checked  for  alias  expansion.   If the -g flag is present,
              define a global alias; global aliases are expanded even if  they
              do not occur in command position.

              If  the  -s flags is present, define a suffix alias: if the com-
              mand word on a command line is in the  form  ‘text.name’,  where
              text  is any non-empty string, it is replaced by the text ‘value
              text.name’.  Note that name is treated as a literal string,  not
              a  pattern.   A  trailing  space in value is not special in this
              case.  For example,

                     alias -s ps=gv

              will cause the command ‘*.ps’ to be expanded to ‘gv  *.ps’.   As
              alias expansion is carried out earlier than globbing, the ‘*.ps’
              will then be expanded.  Suffix aliases  constitute  a  different
              name  space  from  other  aliases (so in the above example it is
              still possible to create an alias for the command  ps)  and  the
              two sets are never listed together.

              For  each  name  with no value, print the value of name, if any.
              With no arguments, print all  currently  defined  aliases  other
              than  suffix aliases.  If the -m flag is given the arguments are
              taken as patterns (they should be quoted to preserve  them  from
              being  interpreted  as  glob patterns), and the aliases matching
              these patterns are printed.  When printing aliases  and  one  of
              the  -g,  -r  or  -s  flags is present, restrict the printing to
              global, regular or suffix aliases, respectively; a regular alias
              is one which is neither a global nor a suffix alias.   Using ‘+’
              instead of ‘-’, or ending the option list  with  a  single  ‘+’,
              prevents the values of the aliases from being printed.

              If  the  -L  flag  is present, then print each alias in a manner
              suitable for putting in a startup script.  The  exit  status  is
              nonzero  if  a  name (with no value) is given for which no alias
              has been defined.

       autoload [ {+|-}UXktz ] [ -w ] [ name ... ]
              Equivalent to functions -u, with the exception of -X/+X and  -w.

              The  flag  -X  may be used only inside a shell function, and may
              not be followed by a name.  It causes the calling function to be
              marked for autoloading and then immediately loaded and executed,
              with the current array of positional  parameters  as  arguments.
              This  replaces  the  previous definition of the function.  If no
              function definition is found, an error is printed and the  func-
              tion remains undefined and marked for autoloading.

              The  flag  +X  attempts to load each name as an autoloaded func-
              tion, but does not execute it.  The exit status  is  zero  (suc-
              cess)  if  the function was not previously defined and a defini-
              tion for it was found.  This does not replace any existing defi-
              nition of the function.  The exit status is nonzero (failure) if
              the function was already  defined  or  when  no  definition  was
              found.   In  the  latter case the function remains undefined and
              marked for autoloading.  If ksh-style  autoloading  is  enabled,
              the  function created will contain the contents of the file plus
              a call to the function itself appended to it, thus giving normal
              ksh autoloading behaviour on the first call to the function.

              With the -w flag, the names are taken as names of files compiled
              with the zcompile builtin, and all functions defined in them are
              marked for autoloading.

       bg [ job ... ]
       job ... &
              Put  each specified job in the background, or the current job if
              none is specified.

       bindkey
              See the section ‘Zle Builtins’ in zshzle(1).

       break [ n ]
              Exit from an enclosing for, while, until, select or repeat loop.
              If n is specified, then break n levels instead of just one.

       builtin name [ args ... ]
              Executes the builtin name, with the given args.

       bye    Same as exit.

       cap    See the section ‘The zsh/cap Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       cd [ -sLP ] [ arg ]
       cd [ -sLP ] old new
       cd [ -sLP ] {+|-}n
              Change  the  current  directory.   In the first form, change the
              current directory to arg, or to the value of $HOME if arg is not
              specified.   If  arg is ‘-’, change to the value of $OLDPWD, the
              previous directory.  Otherwise, if a directory named arg is  not
              found  in  the  current  directory and arg does not begin with a
              slash, search each component of the shell parameter cdpath.   If
              no  directory  is found and the option CDABLE_VARS is set, and a
              parameter named arg exists whose  value  begins  with  a  slash,
              treat  its  value as the directory.  In that case, the parameter
              is added to the named directory hash table.

              The second form of cd substitutes the string new for the  string
              old in the name of the current directory, and tries to change to
              this new directory.

              The third form of cd extracts an entry from the directory stack,
              and  changes  to  that  directory.  An argument of the form ‘+n’
              identifies a stack entry by counting from the left of  the  list
              shown  by  the dirs command, starting with zero.  An argument of
              the form ‘-n’ counts from the right.  If the PUSHD_MINUS  option
              is set, the meanings of ‘+’ and ‘-’ in this context are swapped.

              If the -s option is specified, cd refuses to change the  current
              directory  if  the  given pathname contains symlinks.  If the -P
              option is given or the CHASE_LINKS option is set, symbolic links
              are  resolved  to  their true values.  If the -L option is given
              symbolic links are followed  regardless  of  the  state  of  the
              CHASE_LINKS option.

       chdir  Same as cd.

       clone  See the section ‘The zsh/clone Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       command [ -pvV ] simple command
              The  simple  command  argument  is  taken as an external command
              instead of a  function  or  builtin  and  is  executed.  If  the
              POSIX_BUILTINS option is set, builtins will also be executed but
              certain special properties of them are suppressed. The  -p  flag
              causes  a  default path to be searched instead of that in $path.
              With the -v flag, command is similar to whence and with  -V,  it
              is equivalent to whence -v.

              See also the section ‘Precommand Modifiers’.

       comparguments
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compcall
              See the section ‘The zsh/compctl Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compctl
              See the section ‘The zsh/compctl Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compdescribe
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compfiles
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compgroups
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compquote
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       comptags
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       comptry
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       compvalues
              See the section ‘The zsh/computil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       continue [ n ]
              Resume  the  next  iteration of the enclosing for, while, until,
              select or repeat loop.  If n is  specified,  break  out  of  n-1
              loops and resume at the nth enclosing loop.

       declare
              Same as typeset.

       dirs [ -c ] [ arg ... ]
       dirs [ -lpv ]
              With  no  arguments,  print the contents of the directory stack.
              Directories are added to this stack with the pushd command,  and
              removed  with  the cd or popd commands.  If arguments are speci-
              fied, load them onto the  directory  stack,  replacing  anything
              that was there, and push the current directory onto the stack.

              -c     clear the directory stack.

              -l     print directory names in full instead of using of using ~
                     expressions.

              -p     print directory entries one per line.

              -v     number the directories in the stack when printing.


       disable [ -afmrs ] name ...
              Temporarily disable the named hash table elements.  The  default
              is  to  disable  builtin  commands.   This  allows you to use an
              external command with the same name as a builtin  command.   The
              -a  option  causes  disable to act on regular or global aliases.
              The -s option causes disable to act on suffix aliases.   The  -f
              option causes disable to act on shell functions.  The -r options
              causes disable to act on reserved words.  Without arguments  all
              disabled  hash  table elements from the corresponding hash table
              are printed.  With the -m flag the arguments are taken  as  pat-
              terns  (which  should  be quoted to prevent them from undergoing
              filename expansion), and all hash table elements from the corre-
              sponding  hash table matching these patterns are disabled.  Dis-
              abled objects can be enabled with the enable command.

       disown [ job ... ]
       job ... &|
       job ... &!
              Remove the specified jobs from the job table; the shell will  no
              longer  report their status, and will not complain if you try to
              exit an interactive shell with them running or stopped.   If  no
              job is specified, disown the current job.

              If  the  jobs are currently stopped and the AUTO_CONTINUE option
              is not set, a warning is printed  containing  information  about
              how  to make them running after they have been disowned.  If one
              of the latter two forms is used, the jobs will automatically  be
              made  running,  independent  of the setting of the AUTO_CONTINUE
              option.

       echo [ -neE ] [ arg ... ]
              Write each arg on the standard output, with a  space  separating
              each one.  If the -n flag is not present, print a newline at the
              end.  echo recognizes the following escape sequences:

              \a     bell character
              \b     backspace
              \c     suppress final newline
              \e     escape
              \f     form feed
              \n     linefeed (newline)
              \r     carriage return
              \t     horizontal tab
              \v     vertical tab
              \\     backslash
              \0NNN  character code in octal
              \xNN   character code in hexadecimal
              \uNNNN unicode character code in hexadecimal
              \UNNNNNNNN
                     unicode character code in hexadecimal

              The -E flag, or the BSD_ECHO option,  can  be  used  to  disable
              these escape sequences.  In the latter case, -e flag can be used
              to enable them.

       echotc See the section ‘The zsh/termcap Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       echoti See the section ‘The zsh/terminfo Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       emulate [ -LR ] {zsh|sh|ksh|csh}
              Set up zsh options to emulate the specified  shell  as  much  as
              possible.  csh will never be fully emulated.  If the argument is
              not one of the shells listed  above,  zsh  will  be  used  as  a
              default; more precisely, the tests performed on the argument are
              the same as those used to determine  the  emulation  at  startup
              based on the shell name, see the section ‘Compatibility’ in zsh-
              misc(1) .  If the -R option is given, all options are  reset  to
              their  default  value  corresponding  to the specified emulation
              mode, except for  certain  options  describing  the  interactive
              environment;  otherwise,  only  those  options  likely  to cause
              portability problems in scripts and functions are  altered.   If
              the   -L   option   is  given,  the  options  LOCAL_OPTIONS  and
              LOCAL_TRAPS will be set as well, causing the effects of the emu-
              late command and any setopt and trap commands to be local to the
              immediately surrounding shell function, if any;  normally  these
              options are turned off in all emulation modes except ksh.

       enable [ -afmrs ] name ...
              Enable  the  named hash table elements, presumably disabled ear-
              lier with disable.  The default is to enable  builtin  commands.
              The -a option causes enable to act on regular or global aliases.
              The -s option causes enable to act on suffix  aliases.   The  -f
              option  causes  enable to act on shell functions.  The -r option
              causes enable to act on reserved words.  Without  arguments  all
              enabled  hash  table  elements from the corresponding hash table
              are printed.  With the -m flag the arguments are taken  as  pat-
              terns  (should  be  quoted) and all hash table elements from the
              corresponding hash table matching these  patterns  are  enabled.
              Enabled  objects  can  be disabled with the disable builtin com-
              mand.

       eval [ arg ... ]
              Read the arguments as input to the shell and execute the result-
              ing command in the current shell process.

       exec simple command
              See the section ‘Precommand Modifiers’.

       exit [ n ]
              Exit  the  shell  with  the exit code specified by n; if none is
              specified, use the exit code from the last command executed.  An
              EOF  condition  will  also  cause  the shell to exit, unless the
              IGNORE_EOF option is set.

       export [ name[=value] ... ]
              The specified names are marked for automatic export to the envi-
              ronment  of subsequently executed commands.  Equivalent to type-
              set -gx.  If a parameter specified does not already exist, it is
              created in the global scope.

       false [ arg ... ]
              Do nothing and return an exit code of 1.

       fc [ -e ename ] [ -nlrdDfEim ] [ old=new ... ] [ first [ last ] ]
       fc -p [ -a ] [ filename [ histsize [ savehistsize ] ] ]
       fc -P
       fc -ARWI [ filename ]
              Select  a  range of commands from first to last from the history
              list.  The arguments first and last may be specified as a number
              or  as  a string.  A negative number is used as an offset to the
              current history event  number.   A  string  specifies  the  most
              recent event beginning with the given string.  All substitutions
              old=new, if any, are then performed on the commands.

              If the -l flag is given, the resulting commands  are  listed  on
              standard  output.   If the -m flag is also given the first argu-
              ment is taken as a pattern (should be quoted) and only the  his-
              tory  events matching this pattern will be shown.  Otherwise the
              editor program ename is invoked on a file containing these  his-
              tory  events.  If ename is not given, the value of the parameter
              FCEDIT is used.  If ename is ‘-’, no editor  is  invoked.   When
              editing is complete, the edited command is executed.

              If first is not specified, it will be set to -1 (the most recent
              event), or to -16 if the -l flag is given.  If last is not spec-
              ified,  it  will  be  set  to  first, or to -1 if the -l flag is
              given.

              The flag -r reverses the order of the commands and the  flag  -n
              suppresses  command numbers when listing.  Also when listing, -d
              prints timestamps for each command, and -f prints full time-date
              stamps.   Adding  the  -E flag causes the dates to be printed as
              ‘dd.mm.yyyy’, instead of the default ‘mm/dd/yyyy’.   Adding  the
              -i  flag  causes the dates to be printed in ISO8601 ‘yyyy-mm-dd’
              format.  With the -D flag, fc prints elapsed times.


              ‘fc -p’ pushes  the  current  history  list  onto  a  stack  and
              switches to a new history list.  If the -a option is also speci-
              fied, this history list will be automatically  popped  when  the
              current  function  scope is exited, which is a much better solu-
              tion than creating a trap function to call ‘fc -P’ manually.  If
              no  arguments  are  specified,  the  history list is left empty,
              $HISTFILE is unset, and $HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are set  to  their
              default  values.   If one argument is given, $HISTFILE is set to
              that filename, $HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are left unchanged, and the
              history  file  is  read  in (if it exists) to initialize the new
              list.  If a second argument is specified, $HISTSIZE &  $SAVEHIST
              are instead set to the single specified numeric value.  Finally,
              if a third argument is specified, $SAVEHIST is set to a separate
              value  from $HISTSIZE.  You are free to change these environment
              values for the new history list however you desire in  order  to
              manipulate the new history list.

              ‘fc -P’ pops the history list back to an older list saved by ‘fc
              -p’.  The current list is saved to its $HISTFILE  before  it  is
              destroyed  (assuming that $HISTFILE and $SAVEHIST are set appro-
              priately, of course).  The values of $HISTFILE,  $HISTSIZE,  and
              $SAVEHIST  are  restored to the values they had when ‘fc -p’ was
              called.  Note that this restoration  can  conflict  with  making
              these variables "local", so your best bet is to avoid local dec-
              larations for these variables in functions  that  use  ‘fc  -p’.
              The  one  other  guaranteed-safe  combination is declaring these
              variables to be local at the top of your function and using  the
              automatic  option  (-a)  with ‘fc -p’.  Finally, note that it is
              legal to manually pop a push marked for automatic popping if you
              need to do so before the function exits.

              ‘fc  -R’  reads  the history from the given file, ‘fc -W’ writes
              the history out to the given file, and ‘fc -A’ appends the  his-
              tory  out  to  the given file.  If no filename is specified, the
              $HISTFILE is assumed.  If the -I option is  added  to  -R,  only
              those  events that are not already contained within the internal
              history list are added.  If the -I option is added to -A or  -W,
              only   those   events   that  are  new  since  last  incremental
              append/write to the history file are appended/written.   In  any
              case, the created file will have no more than $SAVEHIST entries.

       fg [ job ... ]
       job ...
              Bring each specified job in turn to the foreground.  If  no  job
              is specified, resume the current job.

       float [ {+|-}EFHghlprtux ] [ name[=value] ... ]
              Equivalent  to  typeset  -E,  except  that options irrelevant to
              floating point numbers are not permitted.

       functions [ {+|-}UXkmtuz ] [ name ... ]
              Equivalent to typeset -f.

       getcap See the section ‘The zsh/cap Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       getln [ -AclneE ] name ...
              Read the top value from the buffer stack and put it in the shell
              parameter name.  Equivalent to read -zr.

       getopts optstring name [ arg ... ]
              Checks the args for legal options.  If the args are omitted, use
              the positional parameters.  A valid option argument begins  with
              a  ‘+’ or a ‘-’.  An argument not beginning with a ‘+’ or a ‘-’,
              or the argument ‘--’, ends the options.  Note that a single  ‘-’
              is  not  considered a valid option argument.  optstring contains
              the letters that getopts recognizes.  If a letter is followed by
              a ‘:’, that option is expected to have an argument.  The options
              can be separated from the argument by blanks.

              Each time it is invoked, getopts places  the  option  letter  it
              finds in the shell parameter name, prepended with a ‘+’ when arg
              begins with a ‘+’.  The index of  the  next  arg  is  stored  in
              OPTIND.  The option argument, if any, is stored in OPTARG.

              The  first  option  to  be examined may be changed by explicitly
              assigning to OPTIND.  OPTIND has an initial value of 1,  and  is
              normally  reset to 1 upon exit from a shell function.  OPTARG is
              not reset and retains its value from the  most  recent  call  to
              getopts.   If either of OPTIND or OPTARG is explicitly unset, it
              remains unset, and the index or option argument is  not  stored.
              The option itself is still stored in name in this case.

              A leading ‘:’ in optstring causes getopts to store the letter of
              any invalid option in OPTARG, and to set  name  to  ‘?’  for  an
              unknown  option  and  to  ‘:’ when a required option is missing.
              Otherwise, getopts sets name to ‘?’ and prints an error  message
              when  an  option  is  invalid.   The exit status is nonzero when
              there are no more options.

       hash [ -Ldfmrv ] [ name[=value] ] ...
              hash can be used to directly modify the contents of the  command
              hash  table,  and  the named directory hash table.  Normally one
              would modify these tables by modifying one’s PATH (for the  com-
              mand  hash  table)  or  by creating appropriate shell parameters
              (for the named directory hash table).  The choice of hash  table
              to  work  on  is determined by the -d option; without the option
              the command hash table is used, and with the  option  the  named
              directory hash table is used.

              Given  no  arguments,  and  neither  the  -r  or -f options, the
              selected hash table will be listed in full.

              The -r option causes the selected hash table to be emptied.   It
              will  be  subsequently  rebuilt  in  the normal fashion.  The -f
              option causes the selected hash table to be fully rebuilt  imme-
              diately.   For  the command hash table this hashes all the abso-
              lute directories in the PATH, and for the named  directory  hash
              table  this adds all users’ home directories.  These two options
              cannot be used with any arguments.

              The -m option causes the  arguments  to  be  taken  as  patterns
              (which  should  be  quoted)  and  the elements of the hash table
              matching those patterns are printed.  This is the  only  way  to
              display a limited selection of hash table elements.

              For  each  name  with  a  corresponding value, put ‘name’ in the
              selected hash table, associating it with the  pathname  ‘value’.
              In  the  command  hash table, this means that whenever ‘name’ is
              used as a command argument, the shell will try  to  execute  the
              file  given by ‘value’.  In the named directory hash table, this
              means that ‘value’ may be referred to as ‘~name’.

              For each name with no corresponding value, attempt to  add  name
              to the hash table, checking what the appropriate value is in the
              normal manner for that hash  table.   If  an  appropriate  value
              can’t be found, then the hash table will be unchanged.

              The -v option causes hash table entries to be listed as they are
              added by explicit specification.  If has no effect if used  with
              -f.

              If the -L flag is present, then each hash table entry is printed
              in the form of a call to hash.

       history
              Same as fc -l.

       integer [ {+|-}Hghilprtux ] [ name[=value] ... ]
              Equivalent to typeset -i,  except  that  options  irrelevant  to
              integers are not permitted.

       jobs [ -dlprs ] [ job ... ]
       jobs -Z string
              Lists  information  about  each given job, or all jobs if job is
              omitted.  The -l flag lists process IDs, and the -p  flag  lists
              process  groups.   If the -r flag is specified only running jobs
              will be listed and if the -s flag is given only stopped jobs are
              shown.   If  the  -d flag is given, the directory from which the
              job was started (which may not be the current directory  of  the
              job) will also be shown.

              The  -Z  option  replaces  the  shell’s argument and environment
              space with the given string,  truncated  if  necessary  to  fit.
              This will normally be visible in ps (ps(1)) listings.  This fea-
              ture is typically used by daemons, to indicate their state.

       kill [ -s signal_name | -n signal_number | -sig ] job ...
       kill -l [ sig ... ]
              Sends either SIGTERM or the specified signal to the  given  jobs
              or  processes.  Signals are given by number or by names, with or
              without the ‘SIG’ prefix.  If  the  signal  being  sent  is  not
              ‘KILL’  or  ‘CONT’, then the job will be sent a ‘CONT’ signal if
              it is stopped.  The argument job can be the process ID of a  job
              not in the job list.  In the second form, kill -l, if sig is not
              specified the signal names are listed.  Otherwise, for each  sig
              that  is a name, the corresponding signal number is listed.  For
              each sig that is a signal number or a  number  representing  the
              exit  status  of  a process which was terminated or stopped by a
              signal the name of the signal is printed.

       let arg ...
              Evaluate each arg as an arithmetic expression.  See the  section
              ‘Arithmetic  Evaluation’ for a description of arithmetic expres-
              sions.  The exit status is 0 if the value of the last expression
              is nonzero, and 1 otherwise.

       limit [ -hs ] [ resource [ limit ] ] ...
              Set  or  display  resource limits.  Unless the -s flag is given,
              the limit applies only the children of  the  shell.   If  -s  is
              given  without  other arguments, the resource limits of the cur-
              rent shell is set to the previously set resource limits  of  the
              children.

              If  limit  is  not  specified, print the current limit placed on
              resource, otherwise set the limit to the  specified  value.   If
              the  -h  flag  is given, use hard limits instead of soft limits.
              If no resource is given, print all limits.

              When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort imme-
              diately  if  it detects a badly formed argument.  However, if it
              fails to set a limit for some other reason it will continue try-
              ing to set the remaining limits.

              resource can be one of:

              addressspace
                     Maximum amount of address space used.
              aiomemorylocked
                     Maximum  amount  of  memory  locked in RAM for AIO opera-
                     tions.
              aiooperations
                     Maximum number of AIO operations.
              cachedthreads
                     Maximum number of cached threads.
              coredumpsize
                     Maximum size of a core dump.
              cputime
                     Maximum CPU seconds per process.
              datasize
                     Maximum data size (including stack) for each process.
              descriptors
                     Maximum value for a file descriptor.
              filesize
                     Largest single file allowed.
              maxproc
                     Maximum number of processes.
              maxpthreads
                     Maximum number of threads per process.
              memorylocked
                     Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM.
              memoryuse
                     Maximum resident set size.
              resident
                     Maximum resident set size.
              sockbufsize
                     Maximum size of all socket buffers.
              stacksize
                     Maximum stack size for each process.
              vmemorysize
                     Maximum amount of virtual memory.

              Which of these resource limits are available depends on the sys-
              tem.  resource can be abbreviated to any unambiguous prefix.  It
              can also be an integer, which corresponds to the integer defined
              for the resource by the operating system.

              If argument corresponds to a number which is out of the range of
              the resources configured into the shell, the shell will  try  to
              read or write the limit anyway, and will report an error if this
              fails.  As the shell does not store such  resources  internally,
              an  attempt  to  set the limit will fail unless the -s option is
              present.

              limit is a number, with an optional scaling factor, as follows:

              nh     hours
              nk     kilobytes (default)
              nm     megabytes or minutes
              [mm:]ss
                     minutes and seconds

       local [ {+|-}AEFHLRUZahilprtux [n]] [ name[=value] ] ...
              Same as typeset, except that the options -g, and -f are not per-
              mitted.   In  this  case the -x option does not force the use of
              -g, i.e. exported variables will be local to functions.

       log    List all users currently logged in who are affected by the  cur-
              rent setting of the watch parameter.

       logout [ n ]
              Same as exit, except that it only works in a login shell.

       noglob simple command
              See the section ‘Precommand Modifiers’.

       popd [ {+|-}n ]
              Remove  an  entry  from the directory stack, and perform a cd to
              the new top directory.  With no argument, the current top  entry
              is  removed.   An  argument  of the form ‘+n’ identifies a stack
              entry by counting from the left of the list shown  by  the  dirs
              command,  starting with zero.  An argument of the form -n counts
              from the right.  If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set, the  meanings
              of ‘+’ and ‘-’ in this context are swapped.

       print [ -abcDilmnNoOpPrsz ] [ -u n ] [ -f format ] [ -C cols ]
         [ -R [ -en ]] [ arg ... ]
              With  the  ‘-f’ option the arguments are printed as described by
              printf.  With no flags or with the flag ‘-’, the  arguments  are
              printed  on  the  standard output as described by echo, with the
              following differences: the escape sequence ‘\M-x’  metafies  the
              character  x  (sets  the highest bit), ‘\C-x’ produces a control
              character  (‘\C-@’  and  ‘\C-?’  give  the  characters  NUL  and
              delete),  and ‘\E’ is a synonym for ‘\e’.  Finally, if not in an
              escape sequence, ‘\’ escapes the following character and is  not
              printed.

              -a     Print arguments with the column incrementing first.  Only
                     useful with the -c and -C options.

              -b     Recognize all the escape sequences defined for the  bind-
                     key command, see zshzle(1).

              -c     Print the arguments in columns.  Unless -a is also given,
                     arguments are printed with the row incrementing first.

              -C cols
                     Print the arguments in cols columns.  Unless -a  is  also
                     given,  arguments  are  printed with the row incrementing
                     first.

              -D     Treat the arguments as directory  names,  replacing  pre-
                     fixes with ~ expressions, as appropriate.

              -i     If  given  together  with  -o or -O, sorting is performed
                     case-independently.

              -l     Print the arguments  separated  by  newlines  instead  of
                     spaces.

              -m     Take  the first argument as a pattern (should be quoted),
                     and remove it from the argument list together with subse-
                     quent arguments that do not match this pattern.

              -n     Do not add a newline to the output.

              -N     Print the arguments separated and terminated by nulls.

              -o     Print the arguments sorted in ascending order.

              -O     Print the arguments sorted in descending order.

              -p     Print the arguments to the input of the coprocess.

              -P     Perform prompt expansion (see zshmisc(1)).

              -r     Ignore the escape conventions of echo.

              -R     Emulate  the  BSD  echo  command,  which does not process
                     escape sequences unless the -e flag  is  given.   The  -n
                     flag suppresses the trailing newline.  Only the -e and -n
                     flags are recognized after -R; all  other  arguments  and
                     options are printed.

              -s     Place  the  results in the history list instead of on the
                     standard output.

              -u n   Print the arguments to file descriptor n.

              -z     Push the arguments onto the editing buffer  stack,  sepa-
                     rated by spaces.

              If  any  of ‘-m’, ‘-o’ or ‘-O’ are used in combination with ‘-f’
              and there are no arguments (after the  removal  process  in  the
              case of ‘-m’) then nothing is printed.

       printf format [ arg ... ]
              Print  the arguments according to the format specification. For-
              matting rules are the  same  as  used  in  C.  The  same  escape
              sequences  as  for echo are recognised in the format. All C con-
              version specifications  ending  in  one  of  csdiouxXeEfgGn  are
              handled.  In  addition to this, ‘%b’ can be used instead of ‘%s’
              to cause escape sequences in the argument to be  recognised  and
              ‘%q’ can be used to quote the argument in such a way that allows
              it to be reused as shell input. With the numeric  format  speci-
              fiers, if the corresponding argument starts with a quote charac-
              ter, the numeric value of the following character is used as the
              number to print otherwise the argument is evaluated as an arith-
              metic expression. See the section ‘Arithmetic Evaluation’ for  a
              description  of  arithmetic  expressions.  With ‘%n’, the corre-
              sponding argument is taken as an identifier which is created  as
              an integer parameter.

              Normally, conversion specifications are applied to each argument
              in order but they can explicitly specify the nth argument is  to
              be  used by replacing ‘%’ by ‘%n$’ and ‘*’ by ‘*n$’.  It is rec-
              ommended that you do not mix references of this  explicit  style
              with  the normal style and the handling of such mixed styles may
              be subject to future change.

              If arguments remain unused after formatting, the  format  string
              is reused until all arguments have been consumed. With the print
              builtin, this can be suppressed by using the -r option. If  more
              arguments  are  required by the format than have been specified,
              the behaviour is as if zero or an empty string had  been  speci-
              fied as the argument.

       pushd [ -sLP ] [ arg ]
       pushd [ -sLP ] old new
       pushd [ -sLP ] {+|-}n
              Change the current directory, and push the old current directory
              onto the directory stack.  In the first form, change the current
              directory to arg.  If arg is not specified, change to the second
              directory on the stack (that is, exchange the top two  entries),
              or  change  to  $HOME  if  the PUSHD_TO_HOME option is set or if
              there is only one entry on the stack.  Otherwise, arg is  inter-
              preted  as it would be by cd.  The meaning of old and new in the
              second form is also the same as for cd.

              The third form of pushd changes directory by rotating the direc-
              tory  list.   An  argument  of  the form ‘+n’ identifies a stack
              entry by counting from the left of the list shown  by  the  dirs
              command,  starting  with  zero.   An  argument  of the form ‘-n’
              counts from the right.  If the PUSHD_MINUS option  is  set,  the
              meanings of ‘+’ and ‘-’ in this context are swapped.

              If  the option PUSHD_SILENT is not set, the directory stack will
              be printed after a pushd is performed.

              The options -s, -L and -P have the same meanings as for  the  cd
              builtin.

       pushln [ arg ... ]
              Equivalent to print -nz.

       pwd [ -rLP ]
              Print  the  absolute  pathname of the current working directory.
              If the -r or the -P flag is specified, or the CHASE_LINKS option
              is  set  and the -L flag is not given, the printed path will not
              contain symbolic links.

       r      Same as fc -e -.

       read [ -rszpqAclneE ] [ -t [ num ] ] [ -k [ num ] ] [ -d delim ]
        [ -u n ] [ name[?prompt] ] [ name ...  ]
              Read one line and break it into fields using the  characters  in
              $IFS  as  separators, except as noted below.  The first field is
              assigned to the first name, the second field to the second name,
              etc.,  with  leftover fields assigned to the last name.  If name
              is omitted then REPLY is used for scalars and reply for  arrays.

              -r     Raw  mode:  a  ‘\’  at the end of a line does not signify
                     line continuation and backslashes in the line don’t quote
                     the following character and are not removed.

              -s     Don’t  echo back characters if reading from the terminal.
                     Currently does not work with the -q option.

              -q     Read only one character from the terminal and set name to
                     ‘y’  if  this  character was ‘y’ or ‘Y’ and to ‘n’ other-
                     wise.  With this flag set the return value is  zero  only
                     if  the  character was ‘y’ or ‘Y’.  Note that this always
                     reads from the terminal, even if used with the -p  or  -u
                     or  -z  flags  or with redirected input.  This option may
                     also be used within zle widgets.

              -k [ num ]
                     Read only one (or num) characters.  All are  assigned  to
                     the  first  name,  without  word splitting.  This flag is
                     ignored when -q is present.  Input is read from the  ter-
                     minal unless one of -u or -p is present.  This option may
                     also be used within zle widgets.

              -z     Read one entry from the editor buffer stack and assign it
                     to  the  first  name,  without  word  splitting.  Text is
                     pushed onto the stack with ‘print -z’ or  with  push-line
                     from  the  line  editor  (see  zshzle(1)).   This flag is
                     ignored when the -k or -q flags are present.

              -e
              -E     The input read is printed (echoed) to the  standard  out-
                     put.  If the -e flag is used, no input is assigned to the
                     parameters.

              -A     The first name is taken as the name of an array  and  all
                     words are assigned to it.

              -c
              -l     These  flags are allowed only if called inside a function
                     used for completion (specified with the -K flag  to  com-
                     pctl).  If the -c flag is given, the words of the current
                     command are read. If the -l flag is given, the whole line
                     is  assigned  as a scalar.  If both flags are present, -l
                     is used and -c is ignored.

              -n     Together with -c, the number of the word the cursor is on
                     is  read.  With -l, the index of the character the cursor
                     is on is read.  Note that the command name is word number
                     1,  not word 0, and that when the cursor is at the end of
                     the line, its character index is the length of  the  line
                     plus one.

              -u n   Input is read from file descriptor n.

              -p     Input is read from the coprocess.

              -d delim
                     Input  is  terminated  by  the  first  character of delim
                     instead of by newline.

              -t [ num ]
                     Test if input is available before attempting to read.  If
                     num  is  present,  it must begin with a digit and will be
                     evaluated to give a number of seconds,  which  may  be  a
                     floating point number; in this case the read times out if
                     input is not available within this time.  If num  is  not
                     present,  it  is  taken  to be zero, so that read returns
                     immediately if no input is available.   If  no  input  is
                     available,  return status 1 and do not set any variables.

                     This option is not available when reading from the editor
                     buffer  with  -z, when called from within completion with
                     -c or -l, with -q which clears  the  input  queue  before
                     reading,  or  within zle where other mechanisms should be
                     used to test for input.

                     Note that read does not attempt to alter the  input  pro-
                     cessing  mode.   The  default mode is canonical input, in
                     which an entire line is read at a time, so usually  ‘read
                     -t’  will not read anything until an entire line has been
                     typed.  However, when reading from the terminal  with  -k
                     input  is processed one key at a time; in this case, only
                     availability of the first character is  tested,  so  that
                     e.g. ‘read -t -k 2’ can still block on the second charac-
                     ter.  Use two instances of ‘read -t -k’ if  this  is  not
                     what  is  wanted.   If the first argument contains a ‘?’,
                     the remainder of this word is used as a prompt  on  stan-
                     dard error when the shell is interactive.

              The  value  (exit  status)  of  read is 1 when an end-of-file is
              encountered, or when -c or -l is present and the command is  not
              called  from a compctl function, or as described for -q.  Other-
              wise the value is 0.

              The behavior of some combinations of the -k, -p, -q, -u  and  -z
              flags  is  undefined.   Presently  -q cancels all the others, -p
              cancels -u, -k cancels -z, and otherwise -z cancels both -p  and
              -u.

              The -c or -l flags cancel any and all of -kpquz.

       readonly
              Same as typeset -r.

       rehash Same as hash -r.

       return [ n ]
              Causes  a  shell  function or . script to return to the invoking
              script with the return status specified by n.  If n is  omitted,
              the return status is that of the last command executed.

              If  return  was  executed from a trap in a TRAPNAL function, the
              effect is different for zero and non-zero return  status.   With
              zero  status  (or  after  an  implicit  return at the end of the
              trap), the shell will return to whatever it was previously  pro-
              cessing; with a non-zero status, the shell will behave as inter-
              rupted except that the return status of the  trap  is  retained.
              Note  that the numeric value of the signal which caused the trap
              is passed as  the  first  argument,  so  the  statement  ‘return
              $((128+$1))’  will  return  the same status as if the signal had
              not been trapped.

       sched  See the section ‘The zsh/sched Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       set [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o [ option_name ] ] ... [ {+|-}A [ name ] ] [
       arg ... ]
              Set the options for the shell and/or set the positional  parame-
              ters,  or  declare and set an array.  If the -s option is given,
              it causes the specified arguments to be sorted before  assigning
              them to the positional parameters (or to the array name if -A is
              used).  With +s sort arguments in  descending  order.   For  the
              meaning  of  the  other  flags, see zshoptions(1).  Flags may be
              specified by name using the -o option. If no option name is sup-
              plied  with  -o, the current option states are printed.  With +o
              they are printed in a form that can be  used  as  input  to  the
              shell.

              If  the -A flag is specified, name is set to an array containing
              the given args; if no name is specified, all arrays are  printed
              together with their values.

              If  +A  is  used  and name is an array, the given arguments will
              replace the initial elements of that array; if no name is speci-
              fied, all arrays are printed without their values.

              The  behaviour  of arguments after -A name or +A name depends on
              whether the option KSH_ARRAYS is set.  If it  is  not  set,  all
              arguments  following  name  are treated as values for the array,
              regardless of their form.  If the option is set,  normal  option
              processing  continues  at that point; only regular arguments are
              treated as values for the array.  This means that

                     set -A array -x -- foo

              sets array to ‘-x -- foo’ if KSH_ARRAYS is not set, but sets the
              array to foo and turns on the option ‘-x’ if it is set.

              If  the  -A  flag is not present, but there are arguments beyond
              the options, the positional parameters are set.  If  the  option
              list  (if  any)  is terminated by ‘--’, and there are no further
              arguments, the positional parameters will be unset.

              If no arguments and no ‘--’ are given, then the names and values
              of  all  parameters  are printed on the standard output.  If the
              only argument is ‘+’, the names of all parameters are printed.

       setcap See the section ‘The zsh/cap Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       setopt [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o option_name ] [ name ... ]
              Set the options for the shell.   All  options  specified  either
              with  flags  or  by name are set.  If no arguments are supplied,
              the names of all options currently set are printed.  If  the  -m
              flag  is given the arguments are taken as patterns (which should
              be quoted to protect them  from  filename  expansion),  and  all
              options with names matching these patterns are set.

       shift [ n ] [ name ... ]
              The  positional  parameters  ${n+1}  ...  are renamed to $1 ...,
              where n is an arithmetic expression that defaults to 1.  If  any
              names  are  given  then  the arrays with these names are shifted
              instead of the positional parameters.

       source file [ arg ... ]
              Same as ., except that the current directory is always  searched
              and is always searched first, before directories in $path.

       stat   See the section ‘The zsh/stat Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       suspend [ -f ]
              Suspend  the execution of the shell (send it a SIGTSTP) until it
              receives a SIGCONT.  Unless the -f option is  given,  this  will
              refuse to suspend a login shell.

       test [ arg ... ]
       [ [ arg ... ] ]
              Like  the  system version of test.  Added for compatibility; use
              conditional expressions instead (see  the  section  ‘Conditional
              Expressions’).

       times  Print  the  accumulated  user and system times for the shell and
              for processes run from the shell.

       trap [ arg [ sig ... ] ]
              arg is a series of commands (usually quoted to protect  it  from
              immediate  evaluation by the shell) to be read and executed when
              the shell receives sig.  Each sig can be given as a number or as
              the  name  of  a  signal.  If arg is ‘-’, then all traps sig are
              reset to their default values.  If arg is the empty string, then
              this  signal  is  ignored  by  the  shell and by the commands it
              invokes.

              If sig is ZERR then arg will be executed after each command with
              a  nonzero  exit  status.  If sig is DEBUG then arg will be exe-
              cuted after each command.  If sig is 0  or  EXIT  and  the  trap
              statement  is  executed  inside the body of a function, then the
              command arg is executed after the function completes.  If sig is
              0 or EXIT and the trap statement is not executed inside the body
              of a function, then the command arg is executed when  the  shell
              terminates.

              ZERR,  DEBUG and EXIT traps are not executed inside other traps.

              The trap command with no arguments prints  a  list  of  commands
              associated with each signal.

              Note  that traps defined with the trap builtin are slightly dif-
              ferent from those defined as ‘TRAPNAL () { ... }’, as the latter
              have  their  own function environment (line numbers, local vari-
              ables, etc.) while the former use the environment of the command
              in which they were called.  For example,

                     trap â€â€™print $LINENOâ€â€™ DEBUG

              will  print  the  line number of a command executed after it has
              run, while

                     TRAPDEBUG() { print $LINENO; }

              will always print the number zero.

       true [ arg ... ]
              Do nothing and return an exit code of 0.

       ttyctl -fu
              The -f option freezes the tty, and -u unfreezes  it.   When  the
              tty  is  frozen, no changes made to the tty settings by external
              programs will be honored by the shell, except for changes in the
              size  of the screen; the shell will simply reset the settings to
              their previous values as soon as each command exits or  is  sus-
              pended.  Thus, stty and similar programs have no effect when the
              tty is frozen.  Without options it reports whether the  terminal
              is frozen or not.

       type [ -wfpams ] name ...
              Equivalent to whence -v.

       typeset [ {+|-}AEFHLRUZafghiklprtuxmz [n]] [ name[=value] ... ]
       typeset -T [ {+|-}LRUZrux ] SCALAR[=value] array [ sep ]
              Set or display attributes and values for shell parameters.

              A parameter is created for each name that does not already refer
              to one.  When inside a function, a new parameter is created  for
              every  name  (even those that already exist), and is unset again
              when the function completes.  See  ‘Local  Parameters’  in  zsh-
              param(1).   The  same  rules  apply to special shell parameters,
              which retain their special attributes when made local.

              For each name=value assignment, the parameter  name  is  set  to
              value.  Note that arrays currently cannot be assigned in typeset
              expressions, only scalars and integers.

              If the shell option TYPESET_SILENT is not set, for each  remain-
              ing  name  that  refers to a parameter that is set, the name and
              value of the parameter are printed in the form of an assignment.
              Nothing  is  printed  for  newly-created parameters, or when any
              attribute flags listed below are  given  along  with  the  name.
              Using  ‘+’  instead  of minus to introduce an attribute turns it
              off.

              If the -p option is given, parameters and values are printed  in
              the  form  of  a typeset comand and an assignment (which will be
              printed separately for arrays and associative  arrays),  regard-
              less  of  other  flags  and  options.   Note that the -h flag on
              parameters is respected; no value will be shown for these param-
              eters.

              If  the  -T  option  is  given,  two  or three arguments must be
              present (an exception is that zero arguments are allowed to show
              the  list of parameters created in this fashion).  The first two
              are the name of a scalar and an array parameter (in that  order)
              that  will  be  tied  together in the manner of $PATH and $path.
              The optional third  argument  is  a  single-character  separator
              which will be used to join the elements of the array to form the
              scalar; if absent, a colon is used, as  with  $PATH.   Only  the
              first  character  of the separator is significant; any remaining
              characters are  ignored.   Only  the  scalar  parameter  may  be
              assigned  an  initial  value.  Both the scalar and the array may
              otherwise be manipulated as normal.  If one is unset, the  other
              will automatically be unset too.  There is no way of untying the
              variables without unsetting them, or converting the type of  one
              of  them with another typeset command; +T does not work, assign-
              ing an array to SCALAR is an error, and assigning  a  scalar  to
              array  sets  it  to  be  a single-element array.  Note that both
              ‘typeset -xT ...’  and ‘export -T ...’ work, but only the scalar
              will  be  marked for export.  Setting the value using the scalar
              version causes a  split  on  all  separators  (which  cannot  be
              quoted).

              The  -g  (global)  flag  is treated specially: it means that any
              resulting parameter will not be restricted to local scope.  Note
              that  this  does not necessarily mean that the parameter will be
              global, as the flag will apply to any existing  parameter  (even
              if unset) from an enclosing function.  This flag does not affect
              the parameter after creation, hence it has no effect when  list-
              ing  existing  parameters,  nor does the flag +g have any effect
              except in combination with -m (see below).

              If no name is present, the names and values  of  all  parameters
              are printed.  In this case the attribute flags restrict the dis-
              play  to  only  those  parameters  that   have   the   specified
              attributes,  and using ‘+’ rather than ‘-’ to introduce the flag
              suppresses printing of the values of parameters when there is no
              parameter  name.  Also, if the last option is the word ‘+’, then
              names are printed but values are not.

              If the -m flag is given the name arguments are taken as patterns
              (which  should be quoted).  With no attribute flags, all parame-
              ters (or functions with the -f flag)  with  matching  names  are
              printed  (the  shell  option  TYPESET_SILENT is not used in this
              case).  Note that -m is ignored if no patterns  are  given.   If
              the  +g  flag is combined with -m, a new local parameter is cre-
              ated for every matching parameter that  is  not  already  local.
              Otherwise  -m  applies  all  other  flags  or assignments to the
              existing parameters.  Except  when  assignments  are  made  with
              name=value,  using  +m  forces  the  matching  parameters  to be
              printed, even inside a function.

              If no attribute flags are given and either no -m flag is present
              or the +m form was used, each parameter name printed is preceded
              by a list of the attributes of that parameter  (array,  associa-
              tion,   exported,  integer,  readonly).   If  +m  is  used  with
              attribute flags, and all those flags are introduced with +,  the
              matching parameter names are printed but their values are not.

              The following attribute flags may be specified:

              -A     The  names  refer  to  associative  array parameters; see
                     ‘Array Parameters’ in zshparam(1).

              -L     Left justify and remove leading blanks from value.  If  n
                     is  nonzero, it defines the width of the field; otherwise
                     it is determined by the width of the value of  the  first
                     assignment.  When the parameter is expanded, it is filled
                     on the right with blanks or truncated if necessary to fit
                     the  field.   Leading zeros are removed if the -Z flag is
                     also set.

              -R     Right justify and fill with  leading  blanks.   If  n  is
                     nonzero  if  defines the width of the field; otherwise it
                     is determined by the width of  the  value  of  the  first
                     assignment.  When the parameter is expanded, the field is
                     left filled with blanks or truncated from the end.

              -U     For arrays (but not for associative  arrays),  keep  only
                     the  first occurrence of each duplicated value.  This may
                     also be set for colon-separated special  parameters  like
                     PATH  or FIGNORE, etc.  This flag has a different meaning
                     when used with -f; see below.

              -Z     Right justify and fill with leading zeros  if  the  first
                     non-blank  character  is  a digit and the -L flag has not
                     been set.  If n is nonzero it defines the  width  of  the
                     field;  otherwise  it  is  determined by the width of the
                     value of the first assignment.

              -a     The names refer to array parameters.  An array  parameter
                     may be created this way, but it may not be assigned to in
                     the typeset statement.  When displaying, both normal  and
                     associative arrays are shown.

              -f     The  names refer to functions rather than parameters.  No
                     assignments can be made, and the only other  valid  flags
                     are  -t,  -k, -u, -U and -z.  The flag -t turns on execu-
                     tion tracing for this function.   The  -u  and  -U  flags
                     cause  the function to be marked for autoloading; -U also
                     causes alias expansion to be suppressed when the function
                     is  loaded.  The fpath parameter will be searched to find
                     the function definition when the function is first refer-
                     enced;  see  the section ‘Functions’. The -k and -z flags
                     make the function be loaded using ksh-style or  zsh-style
                     autoloading  respectively.  If neither is given, the set-
                     ting of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option determines how the  func-
                     tion is loaded.

              -h     Hide:  only  useful  for special parameters (those marked
                     ‘<S>’ in the table in zshparams(1)), and for local param-
                     eters  with  the same name as a special parameter, though
                     harmless for  others.   A  special  parameter  with  this
                     attribute  will  not  retain its special effect when made
                     local.  Thus after ‘typeset -h PATH’, a function contain-
                     ing  ‘typeset PATH’ will create an ordinary local parame-
                     ter without the usual behaviour of PATH.   Alternatively,
                     the  local  parameter may itself be given this attribute;
                     hence inside a function  ‘typeset  -h  PATH’  creates  an
                     ordinary  local  parameter and the special PATH parameter
                     is not altered in any way.  It is also possible to create
                     a  local  parameter using ‘typeset +h special’, where the
                     local copy of special will retain its special  properties
                     regardless  of  having  the -h attribute.  Global special
                     parameters loaded from shell modules (currently those  in
                     zsh/mapfile  and  zsh/parameter)  are automatically given
                     the -h attribute to avoid name clashes.

              -H     Hide value: specifies that typeset will not  display  the
                     value  of the parameter when listing parameters; the dis-
                     play for such parameters is always as if the ‘+’ flag had
                     been  given.   Use  of the parameter is in other respects
                     normal, and the option does not apply if the parameter is
                     specified  by  name,  or  by  pattern with the -m option.
                     This  is  on  by  default  for  the  parameters  in   the
                     zsh/parameter  and  zsh/mapfile  modules.  Note, however,
                     that unlike the -h flag this is also useful for  non-spe-
                     cial parameters.

              -i     Use  an internal integer representation.  If n is nonzero
                     it defines the output arithmetic base,  otherwise  it  is
                     determined by the first assignment.

              -E     Use an internal double-precision floating point represen-
                     tation.  On output the variable will be converted to sci-
                     entific  notation.  If n is nonzero it defines the number
                     of significant figures to display; the default is ten.

              -F     Use an internal double-precision floating point represen-
                     tation.   On  output  the  variable  will be converted to
                     fixed-point decimal notation.  If n is nonzero it defines
                     the  number of digits to display after the decimal point;
                     the default is ten.

              -l     Convert the result to lower case whenever  the  parameter
                     is expanded.  The value is not converted when assigned.

              -r     The  given  names are marked readonly.  Note that if name
                     is a special parameter, the  readonly  attribute  can  be
                     turned on, but cannot then be turned off.

              -t     Tags  the named parameters.  Tags have no special meaning
                     to the shell.  This flag has  a  different  meaning  when
                     used with -f; see above.

              -u     Convert  the  result to upper case whenever the parameter
                     is expanded.  The value is not converted  when  assigned.
                     This  flag has a different meaning when used with -f; see
                     above.

              -x     Mark for automatic export to the  environment  of  subse-
                     quently  executed  commands.  If the option GLOBAL_EXPORT
                     is set, this implies the option -g,  unless  +g  is  also
                     explicitly  given;  in  other  words the parameter is not
                     made local to the enclosing function.  This is  for  com-
                     patibility with previous versions of zsh.

       ulimit [ [ -SHacdflmnpstv | -N resource [ limit ] ... ]
              Set  or  display  resource limits of the shell and the processes
              started by the shell.  The value of limit can be a number in the
              unit specified below or the value ‘unlimited’.  By default, only
              soft limits are manipulated. If the -H flag is  given  use  hard
              limits instead of soft limits.  If the -S flag is given together
              with the -H flag set both hard and soft limits.  If  no  options
              are  used,  the  file  size  limit (-f) is assumed.  If limit is
              omitted  the  current  value  of  the  specified  resources  are
              printed.   When  more  than  one resource values are printed the
              limit name and unit is printed before each value.

              When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort imme-
              diately  if  it detects a badly formed argument.  However, if it
              fails to set a limit for some other reson it will continue  try-
              ing to set the remaining limits.

              -a     Lists all of the current resource limits.
              -c     512-byte blocks on the size of core dumps.
              -d     K-bytes on the size of the data segment.
              -f     512-byte blocks on the size of files written.
              -l     K-bytes on the size of locked-in memory.
              -m     K-bytes on the size of physical memory.
              -n     open file descriptors.
              -s     K-bytes on the size of the stack.
              -t     CPU seconds to be used.
              -u     processes available to the user.
              -v     K-bytes  on  the size of virtual memory.  On some systems
                     this refers to the limit called ‘address space’.

              A resource may also be specified by  integer  in  the  form  ‘-N
              resource’, where resource corresponds to the integer defined for
              the resource by the operating system.  This may be used  to  set
              the  limits for resources known to the shell which do not corre-
              spond to option letters.  Such limits will be shown by number in
              the output of ‘ulimit -a’.

              The  number may alternatively be out of the range of limits com-
              piled into the shell.  The shell will try to read or  write  the
              limit anyway, and will report an error if this fails.

       umask [ -S ] [ mask ]
              The umask is set to mask.  mask can be either an octal number or
              a symbolic value as described in chmod(1).  If mask is  omitted,
              the  current value is printed.  The -S option causes the mask to
              be printed as a symbolic value.  Otherwise, the mask is  printed
              as  an octal number.  Note that in the symbolic form the permis-
              sions you specify are those which are to be allowed (not denied)
              to the users specified.

       unalias
              Same as unhash -a.

       unfunction
              Same as unhash -f.

       unhash [ -adfms ] name ...
              Remove  the element named name from an internal hash table.  The
              default is remove elements from the command hash table.  The  -a
              option  causes  unhash to remove regular or global aliases.  The
              -s option causes unhash to remove suffix aliases.  The -f option
              causes  unhash to remove shell functions.  The -d options causes
              unhash to remove named directories.  If the -m flag is given the
              arguments  are taken as patterns (should be quoted) and all ele-
              ments of the corresponding hash table with matching  names  will
              be removed.

       unlimit [ -hs ] resource ...
              The  resource  limit for each resource is set to the hard limit.
              If the -h flag is given and the  shell  has  appropriate  privi-
              leges,  the  hard  resource  limit for each resource is removed.
              The resources of the shell process are only changed  if  the  -s
              flag is given.

       unset [ -fmv ] name ...
              Each  named  parameter  is unset.  Local parameters remain local
              even if unset; they appear unset within scope, but the  previous
              value will still reappear when the scope ends.

              Individual elements of associative array parameters may be unset
              by using subscript syntax on name, which should  be  quoted  (or
              the  entire  command  prefixed  with noglob) to protect the sub-
              script from filename generation.

              If the -m flag is specified the arguments are taken as  patterns
              (should  be  quoted)  and all parameters with matching names are
              unset.  Note that this cannot be used when unsetting associative
              array  elements, as the subscript will be treated as part of the
              pattern.

              The -v flag specifies that name refers to  parameters.  This  is
              the default behaviour.

              unset -f is equivalent to unfunction.

       unsetopt [ {+|-}options | {+|-}o option_name ] [ name ... ]
              Unset  the  options for the shell.  All options specified either
              with flags or by name are unset.  If no arguments are  supplied,
              the names of all options currently unset are printed.  If the -m
              flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns (which  should
              be  quoted  to preserve them from being interpreted as glob pat-
              terns), and all options with names matching these  patterns  are
              unset.

       vared  See the section ‘Zle Builtins’ in zshzle(1).

       wait [ job ... ]
              Wait  for  the specified jobs or processes.  If job is not given
              then all currently active child processes are waited for.   Each
              job can be either a job specification or the process ID of a job
              in the job table.  The exit status from this command is that  of
              the job waited for.

       whence [ -vcwfpams ] name ...
              For each name, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a
              command name.

              -v     Produce a more verbose report.

              -c     Print the results  in  a  csh-like  format.   This  takes
                     precedence over -v.

              -w     For  each  name,  print ‘name: word’ where word is one of
                     alias, builtin, command, function,  hashed,  reserved  or
                     none,  according  as  name  corresponds  to  an  alias, a
                     built-in command, an external command, a shell  function,
                     a command defined with the hash builtin, a reserved word,
                     or is not recognised.  This takes precedence over -v  and
                     -c.

              -f     Causes  the contents of a shell function to be displayed,
                     which would otherwise not happen unless the -c flag  were
                     used.

              -p     Do  a  path  search  for  name  even  if  it is an alias,
                     reserved word, shell function or builtin.

              -a     Do a search for all occurrences of  name  throughout  the
                     command  path.   Normally  only  the  first occurrence is
                     printed.

              -m     The arguments are taken as patterns (should  be  quoted),
                     and  the information is displayed for each command match-
                     ing one of these patterns.

              -s     If a pathname contains symlinks, print  the  symlink-free
                     pathname as well.

       where [ -wpms ] name ...
              Equivalent to whence -ca.

       which [ -wpams ] name ...
              Equivalent to whence -c.

       zcompile [ -U ] [ -z | -k ] [ -R | -M ] file [ name ... ]
       zcompile -ca [ -m ] [ -R | -M ] file [ name ... ]
       zcompile -t file [ name ... ]
              This  builtin  command  can  be  used  to  compile  functions or
              scripts, storing the compiled form in a  file,  and  to  examine
              files   containing   the  compiled  form.   This  allows  faster
              autoloading of functions and execution of  scripts  by  avoiding
              parsing of the text when the files are read.

              The first form (without the -c, -a or -t options) creates a com-
              piled file.  If only the file argument is given, the output file
              has the name ‘file.zwc’ and will be placed in the same directory
              as the file.  The shell will load the compiled file  instead  of
              the  normal  function  file when the function is autoloaded; see
              the section ‘Autoloading Functions’ in zshfunc(1) for a descrip-
              tion  of  how  autoloaded functions are searched.  The extension
              .zwc stands for ‘zsh word code’.

              If there is at least one name argument, all the named files  are
              compiled  into  the output file given as the first argument.  If
              file does not end  in  .zwc,  this  extension  is  automatically
              appended.   Files  containing  multiple  compiled  functions are
              called ‘digest’ files, and are intended to be used  as  elements
              of the FPATH/fpath special array.

              The  second form, with the -c or -a options, writes the compiled
              definitions for all the named functions into file.  For -c,  the
              names  must  be  functions  currently  defined in the shell, not
              those marked for  autoloading.   Undefined  functions  that  are
              marked for autoloading may be written by using the -a option, in
              which case the fpath is searched and the contents of the defini-
              tion  files  for  those  functions,  if found, are compiled into
              file.  If both -c and -a are given, names of both defined  func-
              tions  and  functions  marked  for autoloading may be given.  In
              either case, the functions in files written with the  -c  or  -a
              option  will  be  autoloaded  as if the KSH_AUTOLOAD option were
              unset.

              The reason for handling loaded and not-yet-loaded functions with
              different  options is that some definition files for autoloading
              define multiple functions, including the function with the  same
              name  as the file, and, at the end, call that function.  In such
              cases the output of ‘zcompile -c’ does  not  include  the  addi-
              tional  functions defined in the file, and any other initializa-
              tion code in the file is lost.  Using ‘zcompile -a’ captures all
              this extra information.

              If  the  -m option is combined with -c or -a, the names are used
              as patterns and all functions whose names  match  one  of  these
              patterns  will  be written. If no name is given, the definitions
              of all functions currently defined or marked as autoloaded  will
              be written.

              The  third  form,  with the -t option, examines an existing com-
              piled file.  Without further arguments, the names of the  origi-
              nal files compiled into it are listed.  The first line of output
              shows the version of the shell which compiled the file  and  how
              the file will be used (i.e. by reading it directly or by mapping
              it into memory).  With arguments,  nothing  is  output  and  the
              return  value  is  set to zero if definitions for all names were
              found in the compiled file, and non-zero if the  definition  for
              at least one name was not found.

              Other options:

              -U     Aliases  are not expanded when compiling the named files.

              -R     When the compiled file is read, its contents  are  copied
                     into  the  shell’s memory, rather than memory-mapped (see
                     -M).  This happens automatically on systems that  do  not
                     support memory mapping.

                     When compiling scripts instead of autoloadable functions,
                     it is often desirable to use this option;  otherwise  the
                     whole  file, including the code to define functions which
                     have already been defined,  will  remain  mapped,  conse-
                     quently wasting memory.

              -M     The  compiled file is mapped into the shell’s memory when
                     read. This is done in such a way that multiple  instances
                     of  the  shell  running  on the same host will share this
                     mapped file.  If neither -R nor -M is given, the zcompile
                     builtin  decides what to do based on the size of the com-
                     piled file.

              -k
              -z     These options are used when the  compiled  file  contains
                     functions which are to be autoloaded. If -z is given, the
                     function will be autoloaded as if the KSH_AUTOLOAD option
                     is  not  set,  even if it is set at the time the compiled
                     file is read, while if the -k is given, the function will
                     be  loaded as if KSH_AUTOLOAD is set.  These options also
                     take precedence over any -k or -z  options  specified  to
                     the  autoload  builtin.  If  neither  of these options is
                     given, the function will be loaded as determined  by  the
                     setting  of  the KSH_AUTOLOAD option at the time the com-
                     piled file is read.

                     These options may also appear as many times as  necessary
                     between  the listed names to specify the loading style of
                     all following functions, up to the next -k or -z.

                     The created file always contains two versions of the com-
                     piled  format,  one  for  big-endian machines and one for
                     small-endian machines.  The upshot of this  is  that  the
                     compiled file is machine independent and if it is read or
                     mapped, only one half of the file is actually  used  (and
                     mapped).

       zformat
              See the section ‘The zsh/zutil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zftp   See the section ‘The zsh/zftp Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zle    See the section ‘Zle Builtins’ in zshzle(1).

       zmodload [ -dL ] [ ... ]
       zmodload -e [ -A ] [ ... ]
       zmodload [ -a [ -bcpf [ -I ] ] ] [ -iL ] ...
       zmodload -u [ -abcdpf [ -I ] ] [ -iL ] ...
       zmodload -A [ -L ] [ modalias[=module] ... ]
       zmodload -R modalias ...
              Performs operations relating to zsh’s loadable modules.  Loading
              of modules while the shell is running (‘dynamical  loading’)  is
              not  available on all operating systems, or on all installations
              on a particular operating system, although the zmodload  command
              itself is always available and can be used to manipulate modules
              built into versions of the shell  executable  without  dynamical
              loading.

              Without  arguments the names of all currently loaded binary mod-
              ules are printed.  The -L option causes this list to be  in  the
              form  of  a  series  of zmodload commands.  Forms with arguments
              are:

              zmodload [ -i ] name ...
              zmodload -u [ -i ] name ...
                     In the simplest case, zmodload  loads  a  binary  module.
                     The  module  must  be in a file with a name consisting of
                     the specified name followed by a standard suffix, usually
                     ‘.so’  (‘.sl’  on  HPUX).   If the module to be loaded is
                     already loaded and the -i option is given, the  duplicate
                     module  is  ignored.   Otherwise zmodload prints an error
                     message.

                     The named module is searched for in the same way  a  com-
                     mand  is,  using $module_path instead of $path.  However,
                     the path search is performed even when  the  module  name
                     contains  a  ‘/’, which it usually does.  There is no way
                     to prevent the path search.

                     With -u, zmodload unloads modules.  The same name must be
                     given  that  was given when the module was loaded, but it
                     is not necessary for the module to exist in the  filesys-
                     tem.  The -i option suppresses the error if the module is
                     already unloaded (or was never loaded).

                     Each module has a boot and a cleanup function.  The  mod-
                     ule will not be loaded if its boot function fails.  Simi-
                     larly a module  can  only  be  unloaded  if  its  cleanup
                     function runs successfully.

              zmodload -d [ -L ] [ name ]
              zmodload -d name dep ...
              zmodload -ud name [ dep ... ]
                     The -d option can be used to specify module dependencies.
                     The modules named in the second and subsequent  arguments
                     will be loaded before the module named in the first argu-
                     ment.

                     With -d and one argument, all dependencies for that  mod-
                     ule  are  listed.   With  -d and no arguments, all module
                     dependencies are listed.  This listing is by default in a
                     Makefile-like  format.  The -L option changes this format
                     to a list of zmodload -d commands.

                     If -d and -u are both used, dependencies are removed.  If
                     only  one  argument  is  given, all dependencies for that
                     module are removed.

              zmodload -ab [ -L ]
              zmodload -ab [ -i ] name [ builtin ... ]
              zmodload -ub [ -i ] builtin ...
                     The -ab option defines autoloaded builtins.   It  defines
                     the  specified  builtins.   When any of those builtins is
                     called, the module specified in  the  first  argument  is
                     loaded.   If  only  the  name  is  given,  one builtin is
                     defined, with the same name as the module.  -i suppresses
                     the   error   if   the  builtin  is  already  defined  or
                     autoloaded, regardless of which module it came from.

                     With -ab and no arguments, all  autoloaded  builtins  are
                     listed,  with  the  module  name  (if different) shown in
                     parentheses  after  the  builtin  name.   The  -L  option
                     changes this format to a list of zmodload -a commands.

                     If  -b  is  used  together with the -u option, it removes
                     builtins previously defined with -ab.  This is only  pos-
                     sible  if  the  builtin is not yet loaded.  -i suppresses
                     the error if the builtin is  already  removed  (or  never
                     existed).

              zmodload -ac [ -IL ]
              zmodload -ac [ -iI ] name [ cond ... ]
              zmodload -uc [ -iI ] cond ...
                     The  -ac  option  is  used to define autoloaded condition
                     codes. The cond strings give the names of the  conditions
                     defined  by the module. The optional -I option is used to
                     define infix condition names. Without this option  prefix
                     condition names are defined.

                     If given no condition names, all defined names are listed
                     (as a series of zmodload commands if  the  -L  option  is
                     given).

                     The  -uc option removes definitions for autoloaded condi-
                     tions.

              zmodload -ap [ -L ]
              zmodload -ap [ -i ] name [ parameter ... ]
              zmodload -up [ -i ] parameter ...
                     The -p option is like the -b and -c  options,  but  makes
                     zmodload work on autoloaded parameters instead.

              zmodload -af [ -L ]
              zmodload -af [ -i ] name [ function ... ]
              zmodload -uf [ -i ] function ...
                     The  -f  option  is  like the -b, -p, and -c options, but
                     makes zmodload work on autoloaded math functions instead.

              zmodload -a [ -L ]
              zmodload -a [ -i ] name [ builtin ... ]
              zmodload -ua [ -i ] builtin ...
                     Equivalent to -ab and -ub.

              zmodload -e [ -A ] [ string ... ]
                     The -e option without arguments lists all loaded modules;
                     if the -A option is also  given,  module  aliases  corre-
                     sponding  to  loaded  modules are also shown.  With argu-
                     ments only the return  status  is  set  to  zero  if  all
                     strings  given  as  arguments are names of loaded modules
                     and to one if at least on string is not  the  name  of  a
                     loaded  module.   This can be used to test for the avail-
                     ability of things implemented by modules.  In this  case,
                     any aliases are automatically resolved and the -A flag is
                     not used.

              zmodload -A [ -L ] [ modalias[=module] ... ]
                     For each argument, if both modalias and module are given,
                     define modalias to be an alias for the module module.  If
                     the  module  modalias  is  ever  subsequently  requested,
                     either  via  a  call to zmodload or implicitly, the shell
                     will attempt to load module instead.  If  module  is  not
                     given,  show the definition of modalias.  If no arguments
                     are given, list all defined module aliases.   When  list-
                     ing,  if  the -L flag was also given, list the definition
                     as a zmodload command to recreate the alias.

                     The existence of aliases for modules is completely  inde-
                     pendent  of  whether the name resolved is actually loaded
                     as a module: while the alias exists, loading and  unload-
                     ing  the  module  under  any  alias  has exactly the same
                     effect as using the resolved name, and  does  not  affect
                     the  connection  between  the alias and the resolved name
                     which can be removed either by zmodload -R or by redefin-
                     ing  the  alias.  Chains of aliases (i.e. where the first
                     resolved name is itself an alias) are valid  so  long  as
                     these  are  not  circular.   As the aliases take the same
                     format as module names, they may include path separators:
                     in this case, there is no requirement for any part of the
                     path named to exist as the alias will be resolved  first.
                     For example, ‘any/old/alias’ is always a valid alias.

                     Dependencies  added to aliased modules are actually added
                     to the resolved module; these  remain  if  the  alias  is
                     removed.   It  is  valid to create an alias whose name is
                     one of the standard shell modules and which resolves to a
                     different module.  However, if a module has dependencies,
                     it will not be possible to use  the  module  name  as  an
                     alias  as the module will already be marked as a loadable
                     module in its own right.

                     Apart from the above, aliases can be used in the zmodload
                     command  anywhere  module  names  are required.  However,
                     aliases will not be shown in lists of loaded modules with
                     a bare ‘zmodload’.

              zmodload -R modalias ...
                     For each modalias argument that was previously defined as
                     a module alias via zmodload -A, delete the alias.  If any
                     was  not defined, an error is caused and the remainder of
                     the line is ignored.

              Note that zsh makes no distinction  between  modules  that  were
              linked  into  the shell and modules that are loaded dynamically.
              In both cases this builtin command has to be used to make avail-
              able  the  builtins  and other things defined by modules (unless
              the module is autoloaded on these  definitions).  This  is  true
              even  for systems that don’t support dynamic loading of modules.

       zparseopts
              See the section ‘The zsh/zutil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zprof  See the section ‘The zsh/zprof Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zpty   See the section ‘The zsh/zpty Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zregexparse
              See the section ‘The zsh/zutil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zsocket
              See the section ‘The zsh/net/socket Module’ in zshmodules(1).

       zstyle See the section ‘The zsh/zutil Module’ in zshmodules(1).

ZSHZLE(1)                                                            ZSHZLE(1)



       ztcp   See the section ‘The zsh/net/tcp Module’ in zshmodules(1).


NAME

       zshzle - zsh command line editor


DESCRIPTION

       If the ZLE option is set (which it is by default in interactive shells)
       and  the  shell  input is attached to the terminal, the user is able to
       edit command lines.

       There are two  display  modes.   The  first,  multiline  mode,  is  the
       default.   It only works if the TERM parameter is set to a valid termi-
       nal type that can move the cursor up.  The second, single line mode, is
       used if TERM is invalid or incapable of moving the cursor up, or if the
       SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set.  This mode is similar to ksh,  and  uses
       no termcap sequences.  If TERM is "emacs", the ZLE option will be unset
       by default.

       The parameters BAUD, COLUMNS, and LINES are also used by the line  edi-
       tor.  See Parameters Used By The Shell in zshparam(1).




KEYMAPS

       A  keymap  in  ZLE contains a set of bindings between key sequences and
       ZLE commands.  The empty key sequence cannot be bound.

       There can be any number of keymaps at any time, and each keymap has one
       or  more names.  If all of a keymap’s names are deleted, it disappears.
       bindkey can be used to manipulate keymap names.

       Initially, there are four keymaps:

       emacs  EMACS emulation
       viins  vi emulation - insert mode
       vicmd  vi emulation - command mode
       .safe  fallback keymap

       The ‘.safe’ keymap is special.  It can never be altered, and  the  name
       can  never be removed.  However, it can be linked to other names, which
       can be removed.  In the future other  special  keymaps  may  be  added;
       users  should  avoid  using  names  beginning  with  ‘.’  for their own
       keymaps.

       In addition to these four names, either  ‘emacs’  or  ‘viins’  is  also
       linked  to the name ‘main’.  If one of the VISUAL or EDITOR environment
       variables contain the string ‘vi’ when the shell starts up then it will
       be  ‘viins’, otherwise it will be ‘emacs’.  bindkey’s -e and -v options
       provide a convenient way to override this default choice.

       When the editor starts up, it will select the ‘main’ keymap.   If  that
       keymap doesn’t exist, it will use ‘.safe’ instead.

       In  the ‘.safe’ keymap, each single key is bound to self-insert, except
       for ^J (line feed) and ^M (return)  which  are  bound  to  accept-line.
       This is deliberately not pleasant to use; if you are using it, it means
       you deleted the main keymap, and you should put it back.

   Reading Commands
       When ZLE is reading a command from the terminal, it may read a sequence
       that  is  bound  to some command and is also a prefix of a longer bound
       string.  In this case ZLE will wait a certain time to see if more char-
       acters are typed, and if not (or they don’t match any longer string) it
       will execute the binding.  This timeout is defined  by  the  KEYTIMEOUT
       parameter;  its  default is 0.4 sec.  There is no timeout if the prefix
       string is not itself bound to a command.

       As well as ZLE commands, key sequences can be bound to  other  strings,
       by  using  ‘bindkey -s’.  When such a sequence is read, the replacement
       string is pushed back as input, and the command reading process  starts
       again  using  these fake keystrokes.  This input can itself invoke fur-
       ther replacement strings, but in order to detect loops the process will
       be stopped if there are twenty such replacements without a real command
       being read.



ZLE BUILTINS

       The ZLE module contains three related  builtin  commands.  The  bindkey
       command manipulates keymaps and key bindings; the vared command invokes
       ZLE on the value of a shell parameter; and the zle command  manipulates
       editing  widgets  and  allows  command line access to ZLE commands from
       within shell functions.

       bindkey [ options ] -l
       bindkey [ options ] -d
       bindkey [ options ] -D keymap ...
       bindkey [ options ] -A old-keymap new-keymap
       bindkey [ options ] -N new-keymap [ old-keymap ]
       bindkey [ options ] -m
       bindkey [ options ] -r in-string ...
       bindkey [ options ] -s in-string out-string ...
       bindkey [ options ] in-string command ...
       bindkey [ options ] [ in-string ]
              bindkey’s options can be divided into three  categories:  keymap
              selection,  operation  selection, and others.  The keymap selec-
              tion options are:

              -e     Selects keymap ‘emacs’, and also links it to ‘main’.

              -v     Selects keymap ‘viins’, and also links it to ‘main’.

              -a     Selects keymap ‘vicmd’.

              -M keymap
                     The keymap specifies a keymap name.

              If a keymap selection is required and none of the options  above
              are  used,  the  ‘main’  keymap is used.  Some operations do not
              permit a keymap to be selected, namely:

              -l     List all existing keymap names.  If the -L option is also
                     used,  list in the form of bindkey commands to create the
                     keymaps.

              -d     Delete all existing keymaps  and  reset  to  the  default
                     state.

              -D keymap ...
                     Delete the named keymaps.

              -A old-keymap new-keymap
                     Make the new-keymap name an alias for old-keymap, so that
                     both names refer to the  same  keymap.   The  names  have
                     equal  standing; if either is deleted, the other remains.
                     If there is already a keymap with the new-keymap name, it
                     is deleted.

              -N new-keymap [ old-keymap ]
                     Create  a  new  keymap,  named  new-keymap.   If a keymap
                     already has that name, it is deleted.  If  an  old-keymap
                     name  is  given,  the  new  keymap is initialized to be a
                     duplicate of it, otherwise the new keymap will be  empty.

              To  use  a  newly  created  keymap, it should be linked to main.
              Hence the sequence of commands to create and use  a  new  keymap
              ‘mymap’   initialized  from  the  emacs  keymap  (which  remains
              unchanged) is:

                     bindkey -N mymap emacs
                     bindkey -A mymap main

              Note that while ‘bindkey -A newmap main’ will work  when  newmap
              is emacs or viins, it will not work for vicmd, as switching from
              vi insert to command mode becomes impossible.

              The following operations act on the ‘main’ keymap if  no  keymap
              selection option was given:

              -m     Add the built-in set of meta-key bindings to the selected
                     keymap.   Only  keys  that  are  unbound  or   bound   to
                     self-insert are affected.

              -r in-string ...
                     Unbind  the  specified in-strings in the selected keymap.
                     This is exactly equivalent  to  binding  the  strings  to
                     undefined-key.

                     When -R is also used, interpret the in-strings as ranges.

                     When -p is also used, the  in-strings  specify  prefixes.
                     Any binding that has the given in-string as a prefix, not
                     including the binding for the in-string itself,  if  any,
                     will be removed.  For example,

                             bindkey -rpM viins â€â€™^[â€â€™

                     will  remove  all bindings in the vi-insert keymap begin-
                     ning with an escape character (probably cursor keys), but
                     leave the binding for the escape character itself (proba-
                     bly vi-cmd-mode).  This is incompatible with  the  option
                     -R.

              -s in-string out-string ...
                     Bind  each  in-string to each out-string.  When in-string
                     is typed, out-string will be pushed back and  treated  as
                     input  to  the line editor.  When -R is also used, inter-
                     pret the in-strings as ranges.

              in-string command ...
                     Bind each in-string to each command.  When  -R  is  used,
                     interpret the in-strings as ranges.

              [ in-string ]
                     List  key  bindings.   If  an in-string is specified, the
                     binding of that string in the  selected  keymap  is  dis-
                     played.   Otherwise,  all  key  bindings  in the selected
                     keymap are displayed.  (As a special case, if the  -e  or
                     -v  option  is  used alone, the keymap is not displayed -
                     the implicit linking of keymaps is the  only  thing  that
                     happens.)

                     When  the  option  -p  is  used,  the  in-string  must be
                     present.  The listing shows all bindings which  have  the
                     given  key  sequence as a prefix, not including any bind-
                     ings for the key sequence itself.

                     When the -L option is used, the list is in  the  form  of
                     bindkey commands to create the key bindings.

       When  the  -R  option is used as noted above, a valid range consists of
       two characters, with an optional  ‘-’  between  them.   All  characters
       between the two specified, inclusive, are bound as specified.

       For  either in-string or out-string, the following escape sequences are
       recognised:

       \a     bell character
       \b     backspace
       \e, \E escape
       \f     form feed
       \n     linefeed (newline)
       \r     carriage return
       \t     horizontal tab
       \v     vertical tab
       \NNN   character code in octal
       \xNN   character code in hexadecimal
       \M[-]X character with meta bit set
       \C[-]X control character
       ^X     control character

       In all other cases, ‘\’ escapes the  following  character.   Delete  is
       written  as  ‘^?’.   Note  that ‘\M^?’ and ‘^\M?’ are not the same, and
       that (unlike emacs), the bindings ‘\M-X’ and ‘\eX’  are  entirely  dis-
       tinct,  although  they are initialized to the same bindings by ‘bindkey
       -m’.

       vared [ -Aache ] [ -p prompt ] [ -r rprompt ]
         [ -M main-keymap ] [ -m vicmd-keymap ] name
              The value of the parameter name is loaded into the edit  buffer,
              and  the line editor is invoked.  When the editor exits, name is
              set to the string value returned by the  editor.   When  the  -c
              flag  is  given,  the parameter is created if it doesn’t already
              exist.  The -a flag may be given with  -c  to  create  an  array
              parameter,  or  the  -A flag to create an associative array.  If
              the type of an existing parameter does not match the type to  be
              created, the parameter is unset and recreated.

              If an array or array slice is being edited, separator characters
              as defined in $IFS will be shown quoted  with  a  backslash,  as
              will  backslashes  themselves.  Conversely, when the edited text
              is split into an array, a backslash quotes an  immediately  fol-
              lowing  separator  character or backslash; no other special han-
              dling of backslashes, or any handling of quotes, is performed.

              Individual elements  of  existing  array  or  associative  array
              parameters may be edited by using subscript syntax on name.  New
              elements are created automatically, even without -c.

              If the -p flag is given, the following string will be  taken  as
              the prompt to display at the left.  If the -r flag is given, the
              following string gives the prompt to display at the  right.   If
              the  -h flag is specified, the history can be accessed from ZLE.
              If the -e flag is given, typing ^D (Control-D) on an empty  line
              causes vared to exit immediately with a non-zero return value.

              The  -M  option gives a keymap to link to the main keymap during
              editing, and the -m option gives a keymap to link to  the  vicmd
              keymap during editing.  For vi-style editing, this allows a pair
              of keymaps to override viins and vicmd.  For  emacs-style  edit-
              ing,  only  -M is normally needed but the -m option may still be
              used.  On exit, the previous keymaps will be restored.

       zle -l [ -L | -a ] [ string ... ]
       zle -D widget ...
       zle -A old-widget new-widget
       zle -N widget [ function ]
       zle -C widget completion-widget function
       zle -R [ -c ] [ display-string ] [ string ... ]
       zle -M string
       zle -U string
       zle -K keymap
       zle -F [ -L ] [ fd [ handler ] ]
       zle -I
       zle widget [ -n num ] [ -N ] args ...
       zle    The zle builtin performs a number of different actions  concern-
              ing ZLE.  Which operation it performs depends on its options:

              -l [ -L | -a ]
                     List all existing user-defined widgets.  If the -L option
                     is used, list in the form of zle commands to  create  the
                     widgets.

                     When  combined  with  the -a option, all widget names are
                     listed, including the builtin ones. In this case  the  -L
                     option is ignored.

                     If  at least one string is given, nothing will be printed
                     but the return status will be zero  if  all  strings  are
                     names  of existing widgets (or of user-defined widgets if
                     the -a flag is not given) and non-zero if  at  least  one
                     string is not a name of an defined widget.

              -D widget ...
                     Delete the named widgets.

              -A old-widget new-widget
                     Make the new-widget name an alias for old-widget, so that
                     both names refer to the  same  widget.   The  names  have
                     equal  standing; if either is deleted, the other remains.
                     If there is already a widget with the new-widget name, it
                     is deleted.

              -N widget [ function ]
                     Create a user-defined widget.  If there is already a wid-
                     get with the specified name, it is overwritten.  When the
                     new  widget is invoked from within the editor, the speci-
                     fied shell function is called.  If no  function  name  is
                     specified,  it  defaults  to the same name as the widget.
                     For further information, see the section Widgets in  zsh-
                     zle(1).

              -C widget completion-widget function
                     Create a user-defined completion widget named widget. The
                     completion widget will behave like the  built-in  comple-
                     tion-widget  whose name is given as completion-widget. To
                     generate the completions,  the  shell  function  function
                     will  be  called.   For further information, see zshcomp-
                     wid(1).

              -R [ -c ] [ display-string ] [ string ... ]
                     Redisplay the command line; this is  to  be  called  from
                     within  a  user-defined widget to allow changes to become
                     visible.  If a display-string is  given  and  not  empty,
                     this  is  shown in the status line (immediately below the
                     line being edited).

                     If the optional strings are given they are  listed  below
                     the  prompt  in  the  same  way  as  completion lists are
                     printed. If no strings are given but  the  -c  option  is
                     used such a list is cleared.

                     Note  that this option is only useful for widgets that do
                     not exit immediately after using it because  the  strings
                     displayed  will  be  erased immediately after return from
                     the widget.

                     This command can safely be called  outside  user  defined
                     widgets; if zle is active, the display will be refreshed,
                     while if zle is not active, the command  has  no  effect.
                     In  this  case  there will usually be no other arguments.
                     The status is zero if zle was active, else one.

              -M string
                     As with the -R option, the string will be displayed below
                     the  command  line; unlike the -R option, the string will
                     not be put into the  status  line  but  will  instead  be
                     printed  normally  below the prompt.  This means that the
                     string will still be displayed after the  widget  returns
                     (until it is overwritten by subsequent commands).

              -U string
                     This  pushes  the characters in the string onto the input
                     stack of ZLE.  After the widget currently  executed  fin-
                     ishes  ZLE will behave as if the characters in the string
                     were typed by the user.

                     As ZLE uses a stack, if this option  is  used  repeatedly
                     the  last  string pushed onto the stack will be processed
                     first.  However, the characters in each  string  will  be
                     processed  in  the  order  in  which  they  appear in the
                     string.

              -K keymap
                     Selects the keymap named keymap.  An error  message  will
                     be displayed if there is no such keymap.

                     This  keymap selection affects the interpretation of fol-
                     lowing keystrokes within this  invocation  of  ZLE.   Any
                     following  invocation  (e.g., the next command line) will
                     start as usual with the ‘main’ keymap selected.

              -F [ -L ] [ fd [ handler ] ]
                     Only available if your system supports one of the  ‘poll’
                     or ‘select’ system calls; most modern systems do.

                     Installs handler (the name of a shell function) to handle
                     input from file descriptor fd.  When zle is attempting to
                     read data, it will examine both the terminal and the list
                     of handled fd’s.  If data becomes available on a  handled
                     fd,  zle will call handler with the fd which is ready for
                     reading as the only argument.  If  the  handler  produces
                     output  to  the  terminal, it should call ‘zle -I’ before
                     doing so (see below).  The handler should not attempt  to
                     read  from  the terminal.  Note that zle makes no attempt
                     to check  whether  this  fd  is  actually  readable  when
                     installing  the  handler.   The  user must make their own
                     arrangements for handling the file descriptor when zle is
                     not active.

                     Any  number  of  handlers for any number of readable file
                     descriptors may be installed.  Installing a  handler  for
                     an  fd  which is already handled causes the existing han-
                     dler to be replaced.

                     If no handler is given, but an fd is present, any handler
                     for  that fd is removed.  If there is none, an error mes-
                     sage is printed and status 1 is returned.

                     If no arguments are given, or the -L option is  supplied,
                     a  list  of  handlers  is  printed in a form which can be
                     stored for later execution.

                     An fd (but not a handler) may optionally  be  given  with
                     the  -L  option; in this case, the function will list the
                     handler if any, else silently return status 1.

                     Note that this feature should be used with care.   Activ-
                     ity  on one of the fd’s which is not properly handled can
                     cause the terminal to become unusable.

                     Here is a simple example of using this feature.   A  con-
                     nection  to  a  remote TCP port is created using the ztcp
                     command; see the description of the zsh/net/tcp module in
                     zshmodules(1).   Then a handler is installed which simply
                     prints out any data which  arrives  on  this  connection.
                     Note that ‘select’ will indicate that the file descriptor
                     needs handling if the remote side has closed the  connec-
                     tion; we handle that by testing for a failed read.
                             if ztcp pwspc 2811; then
                               tcpfd=$REPLY
                               handler() {
                                 zle -I
                                 local line
                                 if ! read -r line <&$1; then
                                   # select marks this fd if we reach EOF,
                                   # so handle this specially.
                                   print "[Read on fd $1 failed, removing.]" >&2
                                   zle -F $1
                                   return 1
                                 fi
                                 print -r - $line
                               }
                               zle -F $tcpfd handler
                             fi

              -I     Unusually,  this  option  is most useful outside ordinary
                     widget functions, though it may be used within if  normal
                     output  to  the terminal is required.  It invalidates the
                     current zle display in preparation for output;  typically
                     this  will  be from a trap function.  It has no effect if
                     zle is not active.  When a trap exits, the  shell  checks
                     to  see if the display needs restoring, hence the follow-
                     ing will print output in such a way as not to disturb the
                     line being edited:

                             TRAPUSR1() {
                                 # Invalidate zle display
                               [[ -o zle ]] && zle -I
                                 # Show output
                               print Hello
                             }

                     In  general,  the  trap function may need to test whether
                     zle is active before using this method (as shown  in  the
                     example),  since  the  zsh/zle  module  may  not  even be
                     loaded; if it is not, the command can be skipped.

                     It is possible to call ‘zle -I’ several times before con-
                     trol  is returned to the editor; the display will only be
                     invalidated the first time to minimise disruption.

                     Note that there are normally better ways of  manipulating
                     the  display  from  within zle widgets; see, for example,
                     ‘zle -R’ above.

                     The status is zero if zle is active and the  current  zle
                     display  has been invalidated (even if this was by a pre-
                     vious call to ‘zle -I’), else one.

              widget [ -n num ] [ -N ] args ...
                     Invoke the specified widget.  This can only be done  when
                     ZLE   is   active;   normally   this  will  be  within  a
                     user-defined widget.

                     With the options -n and -N, the current  numerical  argu-
                     ment  will  be  saved and then restored after the call to
                     widget; ‘-n num’ sets the numerical argument  temporarily
                     to  num,  while  ‘-N’  sets it to the default, i.e. as if
                     there were none.

                     Any further arguments will be passed to the  widget.   If
                     it  is  a  shell function, these are passed down as posi-
                     tional parameters; for builtin widgets it is  up  to  the
                     widget  in  question  what  it does with them.  Currently
                     arguments are only handled by the incremental-search com-
                     mands,  the  history-search-forward and -backward and the
                     corresponding functions prefixed by vi-, and  by  univer-
                     sal-argument.   No  error  is flagged if the command does
                     not use the arguments, or only uses some of them.

                     The return status reflects the success or failure of  the
                     operation  carried  out  by  the  widget,  or  if it is a
                     user-defined widget the return status of the shell  func-
                     tion.

                     A  non-zero  return  status causes the shell to beep when
                     the widget exits, unless the BEEP options  was  unset  or
                     the  widget  was  called  via the zle command.  Thus if a
                     user defined widget requires an immediate beep, it should
                     call the beep widget directly.

       With  no  options and no arguments, only the return status will be set.
       It is zero if ZLE is currently active  and  widgets  could  be  invoked
       using this builtin command and non-zero if ZLE is not active.



WIDGETS

       All  actions  in the editor are performed by ‘widgets’.  A widget’s job
       is simply to perform some small action.   The  ZLE  commands  that  key
       sequences  in keymaps are bound to are in fact widgets.  Widgets can be
       user-defined or built in.

       The standard widgets built in to ZLE are  listed  in  Standard  Widgets
       below.   Other  built-in  widgets  can be defined by other modules (see
       zshmodules(1)).  Each built-in widget has two names: its normal canoni-
       cal  name,  and  the same name preceded by a ‘.’.  The ‘.’ name is spe-
       cial: it can’t be rebound to a different widget.  This makes the widget
       available even when its usual name has been redefined.

       User-defined  widgets  are  defined  using ‘zle -N’, and implemented as
       shell functions.  When the widget is executed, the corresponding  shell
       function  is  executed, and can perform editing (or other) actions.  It
       is recommended that user-defined widgets should not have names starting
       with ‘.’.


USER-DEFINED WIDGETS

       User-defined widgets, being implemented as shell functions, can execute
       any normal shell command.  They can also  run  other  widgets  (whether
       built-in  or user-defined) using the zle builtin command.  The standard
       input of the function is closed to prevent external commands from unin-
       tentionally  blocking  ZLE by reading from the terminal, but read -k or
       read -q can be used to read characters.  Finally, they can examine  and
       edit  the  ZLE  buffer  being edited by reading and setting the special
       parameters described below.

       These special parameters are always available in widget functions,  but
       are not in any way special outside ZLE.  If they have some normal value
       outside ZLE, that value is temporarily inaccessible,  but  will  return
       when  the widget function exits.  These special parameters in fact have
       local scope, like parameters created in a function using local.

       Inside completion widgets and traps called while ZLE is  active,  these
       parameters are available read-only.

       BUFFER (scalar)
              The  entire  contents  of the edit buffer.  If it is written to,
              the cursor remains at the same offset, unless that would put  it
              outside the buffer.

       BUFFERLINES (integer)
              The  number of screen lines needed for the edit buffer currently
              displayed on screen (i.e. without any changes to  the  preceding
              parameters done after the last redisplay); read-only.

       CONTEXT (scalar)
              The  context  in which zle was called to read a line; read-only.
              One of the values:
       start  The start of a command line (at prompt PS1).

       cont   A continuation to a command line (at prompt PS2).

       select In a select loop.

       vared  Editing a variable in vared.

       CURSOR (integer)
              The offset of the cursor, within the edit buffer.   This  is  in
              the  range  0  to  $#BUFFER,  and  is  by  definition  equal  to
              $#LBUFFER.  Attempts to move the cursor outside the buffer  will
              result  in  the cursor being moved to the appropriate end of the
              buffer.

       CUTBUFFER (scalar)
              The last item to be cut using one of the ‘kill-’  commands;  the
              string which the next yank would insert in the line.

       HISTNO (integer)
              The current history number.  Setting this has the same effect as
              moving up or down in the history to  the  corresponding  history
              line.  An attempt to set it is ignored if the line is not stored
              in the history.

       KEYMAP (scalar)
              The name of the currently selected keymap; read-only.

       KEYS (scalar)
              The keys typed to invoke  this  widget,  as  a  literal  string;
              read-only.

       killring (array)
              The  array  of  previously  killed items, with the most recently
              killed first.  This gives the items that would be retrieved by a
              yank-pop in the same order.

              The  default size for the kill ring is eight, however the length
              may be changed by normal array operations.  Any empty string  in
              the kill ring is ignored by the yank-pop command, hence the size
              of the array effectively sets the maximum  length  of  the  kill
              ring,  while  the  number  of non-zero strings gives the current
              length, both as seen by the user at the command line.


       LASTSEARCH (scalar)
              The  last  search  string  used  by  an  interactive  search   ;
              read-only.

       LASTWIDGET (scalar)
              The name of the last widget that was executed; read-only.

       LBUFFER (scalar)
              The part of the buffer that lies to the left of the cursor posi-
              tion.  If it is assigned to, only that part  of  the  buffer  is
              replaced,  and  the  cursor remains between the new $LBUFFER and
              the old $RBUFFER.

       MARK (integer)
              Like CURSOR, but for the mark.

       NUMERIC (integer)
              The numeric argument. If no numeric  argument  was  given,  this
              parameter  is  unset. When this is set inside a widget function,
              builtin widgets called with the zle builtin command will use the
              value assigned. If it is unset inside a widget function, builtin
              widgets called behave as if no numeric argument was given.

       PENDING (integer)
              The number of bytes pending for input, i.e. the number of  bytes
              which  have  already  been typed and can immediately be read. On
              systems where the shell is not able  to  get  this  information,
              this parameter will always have a value of zero.  Read-only.

       PREBUFFER (scalar)
              In  a  multi-line  input at the secondary prompt, this read-only
              parameter contains the contents of the lines before the one  the
              cursor is currently in.

       PREDISPLAY (scalar)
              Text  to  be  displayed  before  the  start of the editable text
              buffer.  This does not have to be a complete line; to display  a
              complete  line,  a  newline  must be appended explicitly.    The
              text is reset on each new invocation (but not recursive  invoca-
              tion) of zle.

       POSTDISPLAY (scalar)
              Text  to be displayed after the end of the editable text buffer.
              This does not have to be a complete line; to display a  complete
              line, a newline must be prepended explicitly.  The text is reset
              on each new invocation (but not recursive invocation) of zle.

       RBUFFER (scalar)
              The part of the buffer that lies to  the  right  of  the  cursor
              position.  If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is
              replaced, and the cursor remains between the  old  $LBUFFER  and
              the new $RBUFFER.

       WIDGET (scalar)
              The name of the widget currently being executed; read-only.


   Special Widget
       There  is one user-defined widget which is special to the shell.  If it
       does not exist, no special action is taken.  The  environment  provided
       is identical to that for any other editing widget.

       zle-line-init
              Executed  every  time  the  line editor is started to read a new
              line of input.  The following example puts the line editor  into
              vi command mode when it starts up.

                     zle-line-init() { zle -K vicmd; }
                     zle -N zle-line-init

              (The command inside the function sets the keymap directly; it is
              equivalent to zle vi-cmd-mode.)



STANDARD WIDGETS

       The following is a list of all the standard widgets, and their  default
       bindings  in  emacs  mode,  vi  command  mode  and  vi insert mode (the
       ‘emacs’, ‘vicmd’ and ‘viins’ keymaps, respectively).

       Note that cursor keys are bound to movement keys in all three  keymaps;
       the  shell assumes that the cursor keys send the key sequences reported
       by the  terminal-handling  library  (termcap  or  terminfo).   The  key
       sequences  shown  in  the  list are those based on the VT100, common on
       many modern terminals, but in fact these are not necessarily bound.  In
       the  case  of  the  viins  keymap,  the initial escape character of the
       sequences serves also to return to the vicmd keymap: whether this  hap-
       pens is determined by the KEYTIMEOUT parameter, see zshparam(1).

   Movement
       vi-backward-blank-word (unbound) (B) (unbound)
              Move  backward  one word, where a word is defined as a series of
              non-blank characters.

       backward-char (^B ESC-[D) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move backward one character.

       vi-backward-char (unbound) (^H h ^?) (ESC-[D)
              Move backward one character, without changing lines.

       backward-word (ESC-B ESC-b) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move to the beginning of the previous word.

       emacs-backward-word
              Move to the beginning of the previous word.

       vi-backward-word (unbound) (b) (unbound)
              Move to the beginning of the previous word, vi-style.

       beginning-of-line (^A) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move to the beginning of the line.  If already at the  beginning
              of the line, move to the beginning of the previous line, if any.

       vi-beginning-of-line
              Move to the beginning of the line, without changing lines.

       end-of-line (^E) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move to the end of the line.  If already at the end of the line,
              move to the end of the next line, if any.

       vi-end-of-line (unbound) ($) (unbound)
              Move  to  the  end of the line.  If an argument is given to this
              command, the cursor will be moved to the end of the line  (argu-
              ment - 1) lines down.

       vi-forward-blank-word (unbound) (W) (unbound)
              Move  forward  one  word, where a word is defined as a series of
              non-blank characters.

       vi-forward-blank-word-end (unbound) (E) (unbound)
              Move to the end of the current word, or, if at the  end  of  the
              current  word,  to  the  end  of  the next word, where a word is
              defined as a series of non-blank characters.

       forward-char (^F ESC-[C) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move forward one character.

       vi-forward-char (unbound) (space l) (ESC-[C)
              Move forward one character.

       vi-find-next-char (^X^F) (f) (unbound)
              Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the next  occur-
              rence of it in the line.

       vi-find-next-char-skip (unbound) (t) (unbound)
              Read  a  character  from  the keyboard, and move to the position
              just before the next occurrence of it in the line.

       vi-find-prev-char (unbound) (F) (unbound)
              Read a character from the keyboard, and  move  to  the  previous
              occurrence of it in the line.

       vi-find-prev-char-skip (unbound) (T) (unbound)
              Read  a  character  from  the keyboard, and move to the position
              just after the previous occurrence of it in the line.

       vi-first-non-blank (unbound) (^) (unbound)
              Move to the first non-blank character in the line.

       vi-forward-word (unbound) (w) (unbound)
              Move forward one word, vi-style.

       forward-word (ESC-F ESC-f) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move to the beginning of the next word.  The editor’s idea of  a
              word is specified with the WORDCHARS parameter.

       emacs-forward-word
              Move to the end of the next word.

       vi-forward-word-end (unbound) (e) (unbound)
              Move to the end of the next word.

       vi-goto-column (ESC-|) (|) (unbound)
              Move to the column specified by the numeric argument.

       vi-goto-mark (unbound) (‘) (unbound)
              Move to the specified mark.

       vi-goto-mark-line (unbound) (’) (unbound)
              Move to beginning of the line containing the specified mark.

       vi-repeat-find (unbound) (;) (unbound)
              Repeat the last vi-find command.

       vi-rev-repeat-find (unbound) (,) (unbound)
              Repeat the last vi-find command in the opposite direction.

   History Control
       beginning-of-buffer-or-history (ESC-<) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move  to  the beginning of the buffer, or if already there, move
              to the first event in the history list.

       beginning-of-line-hist
              Move to the beginning of the line.  If already at the  beginning
              of the buffer, move to the previous history line.

       beginning-of-history
              Move to the first event in the history list.

       down-line-or-history (^N ESC-[B) (j) (ESC-[B)
              Move  down  a  line  in  the buffer, or if already at the bottom
              line, move to the next event in the history list.

       vi-down-line-or-history (unbound) (+) (unbound)
              Move down a line in the buffer, or  if  already  at  the  bottom
              line,  move to the next event in the history list.  Then move to
              the first non-blank character on the line.

       down-line-or-search
              Move down a line in the buffer, or  if  already  at  the  bottom
              line,  search  forward  in the history for a line beginning with
              the first word in the buffer.

              If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
              first  argument  is  taken  as  the  string for which to search,
              rather than the first word in the buffer.

       down-history (unbound) (^N) (unbound)
              Move to the next event in the history list.

       history-beginning-search-backward
              Search backward in the history for a  line  beginning  with  the
              current  line  up  to the cursor.  This leaves the cursor in its
              original position.

       end-of-buffer-or-history (ESC->) (unbound) (unbound)
              Move to the end of the buffer, or if already there, move to  the
              last event in the history list.

       end-of-line-hist
              Move  to  the  end  of  the  line.  If already at the end of the
              buffer, move to the next history line.

       end-of-history
              Move to the last event in the history list.

       vi-fetch-history (unbound) (G) (unbound)
              Fetch the history line specified by the numeric argument.   This
              defaults  to  the  current history line (i.e. the one that isn’t
              history yet).

       history-incremental-search-backward (^R ^Xr) (unbound) (unbound)
              Search backward  incrementally  for  a  specified  string.   The
              search  is  case-insensitive  if the search string does not have
              uppercase letters and no numeric argument was given.  The string
              may  begin with ‘^’ to anchor the search to the beginning of the
              line.

              A restricted set  of  editing  functions  is  available  in  the
              mini-buffer.   An  interrupt signal, as defined by the stty set-
              ting, will stop the search and go back to the original line.  An
              undefined key will have the same effect. The supported functions
              are:       backward-delete-char,        vi-backward-delete-char,
              clear-screen,    redisplay,   quoted-insert,   vi-quoted-insert,
              accept-and-hold, accept-and-infer-next-history, accept-line  and
              accept-line-and-down-history.

              magic-space  just  inserts a space.  vi-cmd-mode toggles between
              the ‘main’ and ‘vicmd’ keymaps; the ‘main’ keymap (insert  mode)
              will be selected initially.  history-incremental-search-backward
              will get the next occurrence of the contents of the mini-buffer.
              history-incremental-search-forward  inverts  the  sense  of  the
              search.  vi-repeat-search and vi-rev-repeat-search are similarly
              supported.   The  direction  of  the  search is indicated in the
              mini-buffer.

              Any multi-character string that is not bound to one of the above
              functions  will  beep and interrupt the search, leaving the last
              found line in the buffer. Any single character that is not bound
              to   one   of   the   above   functions,   or   self-insert   or
              self-insert-unmeta, will have the same effect but  the  function
              will be executed.

              When  called  from  a  widget  function  by the zle command, the
              incremental search commands can take a  string  argument.   This
              will  be  treated  as  a string of keys, as for arguments to the
              bindkey command, and used as initial input for the command.  Any
              characters  in  the  string  which are unused by the incremental
              search will be silently ignored.  For example,

                     zle history-incremental-search-backward forceps

              will search backwards for forceps, leaving the  minibuffer  con-
              taining the string ‘forceps’.

       history-incremental-search-forward (^S ^Xs) (unbound) (unbound)
              Search forward incrementally for a specified string.  The search
              is case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase
              letters and no numeric argument was given.  The string may begin
              with ‘^’ to anchor the search to the beginning of the line.  The
              functions  available in the mini-buffer are the same as for his-
              tory-incremental-search-backward.

       history-search-backward (ESC-P ESC-p) (unbound) (unbound)
              Search backward in the history for a  line  beginning  with  the
              first word in the buffer.

              If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
              first argument is taken as  the  string  for  which  to  search,
              rather than the first word in the buffer.

       vi-history-search-backward (unbound) (/) (unbound)
              Search  backward  in  the  history  for a specified string.  The
              string may begin with ‘^’ to anchor the search to the  beginning
              of the line.

              A  restricted  set  of  editing  functions  is  available in the
              mini-buffer.  An interrupt signal, as defined by the  stty  set-
              ting,   will  stop  the  search.  The functions available in the
              mini-buffer  are:  accept-line,  backward-delete-char,  vi-back-
              ward-delete-char,   backward-kill-word,   vi-backward-kill-word,
              clear-screen, redisplay, quoted-insert and vi-quoted-insert.

              vi-cmd-mode is treated the same as accept-line, and  magic-space
              is treated as a space.  Any other character that is not bound to
              self-insert or self-insert-unmeta will beep and be  ignored.  If
              the function is called from vi command mode, the bindings of the
              current insert mode will be used.

              If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
              first  argument  is  taken  as  the  string for which to search,
              rather than the first word in the buffer.

       history-search-forward (ESC-N ESC-n) (unbound) (unbound)
              Search forward in the history for  a  line  beginning  with  the
              first word in the buffer.

              If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
              first argument is taken as  the  string  for  which  to  search,
              rather than the first word in the buffer.

       vi-history-search-forward (unbound) (?) (unbound)
              Search  forward  in  the  history  for  a specified string.  The
              string may begin with ‘^’ to anchor the search to the  beginning
              of  the line. The functions available in the mini-buffer are the
              same as for vi-history-search-backward.   Argument  handling  is
              also the same as for that command.

       infer-next-history (^X^N) (unbound) (unbound)
              Search  in  the history list for a line matching the current one
              and fetch the event following it.

       insert-last-word (ESC-_ ESC-.) (unbound) (unbound)
              Insert the last word from the previous history event at the cur-
              sor  position.   If a positive numeric argument is given, insert
              that word from the end of the previous history  event.   If  the
              argument  is  zero  or  negative  insert that word from the left
              (zero inserts the previous command word).  Repeating  this  com-
              mand replaces the word just inserted with the last word from the
              history event prior to the one just used; numeric arguments  can
              be used in the same way to pick a word from that event.

              When  called  from  a shell function invoked from a user-defined
              widget, the command can take one to three arguments.  The  first
              argument  specifies a history offset which applies to successive
              calls to this widget: if is -1, the default behaviour  is  used,
              while  if  it  is 1, successive calls will move forwards through
              the history.  The value 0 can be used to indicate that the  his-
              tory line examined by the previous execution of the command will
              be reexamined.  Note that negative numbers  should  be  preceded
              with a ‘--’ argument to avoid confusing them with options.

              If two arguments are given, the second specifies the word on the
              command line in normal array index notation (as a  more  natural
              alternative to the prefix argument).  Hence 1 is the first word,
              and -1 (the default) is the last word.

              If a third argument is given, its value is ignored,  but  it  is
              used  to signify that the history offset is relative to the cur-
              rent history line, rather than the one remembered after the pre-
              vious invocations of insert-last-word.

              For example, the default behaviour of the command corresponds to

                     zle insert-last-word -- -1 -1

              while the command

                     zle insert-last-word -- -1 1 -

              always copies the first word of the line in the history  immedi-
              ately  before  the  line being edited.  This has the side effect
              that later invocations of the widget will be  relative  to  that
              line.

       vi-repeat-search (unbound) (n) (unbound)
              Repeat the last vi history search.

       vi-rev-repeat-search (unbound) (N) (unbound)
              Repeat the last vi history search, but in reverse.

       up-line-or-history (^P ESC-[A) (k) (ESC-[A)
              Move  up  a  line  in the buffer, or if already at the top line,
              move to the previous event in the history list.

       vi-up-line-or-history (unbound) (-) (unbound)
              Move up a line in the buffer, or if already  at  the  top  line,
              move  to  the  previous event in the history list.  Then move to
              the first non-blank character on the line.

       up-line-or-search
              Move up a line in the buffer, or if already  at  the  top  line,
              search  backward  in  the  history for a line beginning with the
              first word in the buffer.

              If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
              first  argument  is  taken  as  the  string for which to search,
              rather than the first word in the buffer.

       up-history (unbound) (^P) (unbound)
              Move to the previous event in the history list.

       history-beginning-search-forward
              Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the cur-
              rent line up to the cursor.  This leaves the cursor in its orig-
              inal position.

   Modifying Text
       vi-add-eol (unbound) (A) (unbound)
              Move to the end of the line and enter insert mode.

       vi-add-next (unbound) (a) (unbound)
              Enter insert mode after the  current  cursor  position,  without
              changing lines.

       backward-delete-char (^H ^?) (unbound) (unbound)
              Delete the character behind the cursor.

       vi-backward-delete-char (unbound) (X) (^H)
              Delete  the character behind the cursor, without changing lines.
              If in insert mode, this won’t delete past the point where insert
              mode was last entered.

       backward-delete-word
              Delete the word behind the cursor.

       backward-kill-line
              Kill from the beginning of the line to the cursor position.

       backward-kill-word (^W ESC-^H ESC-^?) (unbound) (unbound)
              Kill the word behind the cursor.

       vi-backward-kill-word (unbound) (unbound) (^W)
              Kill  the  word  behind the cursor, without going past the point
              where insert mode was last entered.

       capitalize-word (ESC-C ESC-c) (unbound) (unbound)
              Capitalize the current word and move past it.

       vi-change (unbound) (c) (unbound)
              Read a movement command from the keyboard,  and  kill  from  the
              cursor  position  to  the  endpoint of the movement.  Then enter
              insert mode.  If the command is vi-change,  change  the  current
              line.

       vi-change-eol (unbound) (C) (unbound)
              Kill to the end of the line and enter insert mode.

       vi-change-whole-line (unbound) (S) (unbound)
              Kill the current line and enter insert mode.

       copy-region-as-kill (ESC-W ESC-w) (unbound) (unbound)
              Copy the area from the cursor to the mark to the kill buffer.

       copy-prev-word (ESC-^_) (unbound) (unbound)
              Duplicate the word to the left of the cursor.

       copy-prev-shell-word
              Like  copy-prev-word, but the word is found by using shell pars-
              ing, whereas copy-prev-word looks for blanks. This makes a  dif-
              ference when the word is quoted and contains spaces.

       vi-delete (unbound) (d) (unbound)
              Read  a  movement  command  from the keyboard, and kill from the
              cursor position to the endpoint of the movement.  If the command
              is vi-delete, kill the current line.

       delete-char
              Delete the character under the cursor.

       vi-delete-char (unbound) (x) (unbound)
              Delete  the  character  under the cursor, without going past the
              end of the line.

       delete-word
              Delete the current word.

       down-case-word (ESC-L ESC-l) (unbound) (unbound)
              Convert the current word to all lowercase and move past it.

       kill-word (ESC-D ESC-d) (unbound) (unbound)
              Kill the current word.

       gosmacs-transpose-chars
              Exchange the two characters behind the cursor.

       vi-indent (unbound) (>) (unbound)
              Indent a number of lines.

       vi-insert (unbound) (i) (unbound)
              Enter insert mode.

       vi-insert-bol (unbound) (I) (unbound)
              Move to the first non-blank character  on  the  line  and  enter
              insert mode.

       vi-join (^X^J) (J) (unbound)
              Join the current line with the next one.

       kill-line (^K) (unbound) (unbound)
              Kill  from the cursor to the end of the line.  If already on the
              end of the line, kill the newline character.

       vi-kill-line (unbound) (unbound) (^U)
              Kill from the cursor back  to  wherever  insert  mode  was  last
              entered.

       vi-kill-eol (unbound) (D) (unbound)
              Kill from the cursor to the end of the line.

       kill-region
              Kill from the cursor to the mark.

       kill-buffer (^X^K) (unbound) (unbound)
              Kill the entire buffer.

       kill-whole-line (^U) (unbound) (unbound)
              Kill the current line.

       vi-match-bracket (^X^B) (%) (unbound)
              Move to the bracket character (one of {}, () or []) that matches
              the one under the cursor.  If the cursor is  not  on  a  bracket
              character,  move  forward without going past the end of the line
              to find one, and then go to the matching bracket.

       vi-open-line-above (unbound) (O) (unbound)
              Open a line above the cursor and enter insert mode.

       vi-open-line-below (unbound) (o) (unbound)
              Open a line below the cursor and enter insert mode.

       vi-oper-swap-case
              Read a movement command from the keyboard, and swap the case  of
              all  characters  from the cursor position to the endpoint of the
              movement.  If the movement command  is  vi-oper-swap-case,  swap
              the case of all characters on the current line.

       overwrite-mode (^X^O) (unbound) (unbound)
              Toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode.

       vi-put-before (unbound) (P) (unbound)
              Insert  the  contents  of the kill buffer before the cursor.  If
              the kill buffer contains a sequence  of  lines  (as  opposed  to
              characters), paste it above the current line.

       vi-put-after (unbound) (p) (unbound)
              Insert the contents of the kill buffer after the cursor.  If the
              kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to  charac-
              ters), paste it below the current line.

       quoted-insert (^V) (unbound) (unbound)
              Insert  the  next character typed into the buffer literally.  An
              interrupt character will not be inserted.

       vi-quoted-insert (unbound) (unbound) (^Q ^V)
              Display a ‘^’ at the cursor position, and insert the next  char-
              acter  typed  into the buffer literally.  An interrupt character
              will not be inserted.

       quote-line (ESC-’) (unbound) (unbound)
              Quote the current line; that is, put  a  ‘â€â€™â€™  character  at  the
              beginning and the end, and convert all ‘â€â€™â€™ characters to ‘â€â€™\â€â€™â€â€™â€™.

       quote-region (ESC-") (unbound) (unbound)
              Quote the region from the cursor to the mark.

       vi-replace (unbound) (R) (unbound)
              Enter overwrite mode.

       vi-repeat-change (unbound) (.) (unbound)
              Repeat the last vi mode text modification.  If a count was  used
              with the modification, it is remembered.  If a count is given to
              this command, it overrides the remembered count, and  is  remem-
              bered  for future uses of this command.  The cut buffer specifi-
              cation is similarly remembered.

       vi-replace-chars (unbound) (r) (unbound)
              Replace the character under the cursor  with  a  character  read
              from the keyboard.

       self-insert  (printable characters) (unbound) (printable characters and
       some control characters)
              Insert a character into the buffer at the cursor position.

       self-insert-unmeta (ESC-^I ESC-^J ESC-^M) (unbound) (unbound)
              Insert  a character into the buffer after stripping the meta bit
              and converting ^M to ^J.

       vi-substitute (unbound) (s) (unbound)
              Substitute the next character(s).

       vi-swap-case (unbound) (~) (unbound)
              Swap the case of the character under the cursor  and  move  past
              it.

       transpose-chars (^T) (unbound) (unbound)
              Exchange  the two characters to the left of the cursor if at end
              of line, else exchange the character under the cursor  with  the
              character to the left.

       transpose-words (ESC-T ESC-t) (unbound) (unbound)
              Exchange the current word with the one before it.

       vi-unindent (unbound) (<) (unbound)
              Unindent a number of lines.

       up-case-word (ESC-U ESC-u) (unbound) (unbound)
              Convert the current word to all caps and move past it.

       yank (^Y) (unbound) (unbound)
              Insert the contents of the kill buffer at the cursor position.

       yank-pop (ESC-y) (unbound) (unbound)
              Remove  the text just yanked, rotate the kill-ring, and yank the
              new top.  Only works following yank or yank-pop.

       vi-yank (unbound) (y) (unbound)
              Read a movement command from the keyboard, and copy  the  region
              from  the  cursor  position to the endpoint of the movement into
              the kill buffer.  If the command is vi-yank,  copy  the  current
              line.

       vi-yank-whole-line (unbound) (Y) (unbound)
              Copy the current line into the kill buffer.

       vi-yank-eol
              Copy  the region from the cursor position to the end of the line
              into the kill buffer.  Arguably, this is what Y should do in vi,
              but it isn’t what it actually does.

   Arguments
       digit-argument (ESC-0..ESC-9) (1-9) (unbound)
              Start  a  new  numeric argument, or add to the current one.  See
              also vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line.  This only works if bound to
              a key sequence ending in a decimal digit.

              Inside  a  widget  function,  a call to this function treats the
              last key of the key sequence which  called  the  widget  as  the
              digit.

       neg-argument (ESC--) (unbound) (unbound)
              Changes the sign of the following argument.

       universal-argument
              Multiply  the argument of the next command by 4.  Alternatively,
              if this command is followed by an  integer  (positive  or  nega-
              tive), use that as the argument for the next command.  Thus dig-
              its cannot be repeated using this command.  For example, if this
              command occurs twice, followed immediately by forward-char, move
              forward sixteen spaces; if instead it is followed  by  -2,  then
              forward-char, move backward two spaces.

              Inside  a widget function, if passed an argument, i.e. ‘zle uni-
              versal-argument num’, the numerical argument will be set to num;
              this is equivalent to ‘NUMERIC=num’.

   Completion
       accept-and-menu-complete
              In  a  menu  completion,  insert the current completion into the
              buffer, and advance to the next possible completion.

       complete-word
              Attempt completion on the current word.

       delete-char-or-list (^D) (unbound) (unbound)
              Delete the character under the cursor.  If the cursor is at  the
              end of the line, list possible completions for the current word.

       expand-cmd-path
              Expand the current command to its full pathname.

       expand-or-complete (TAB) (unbound) (TAB)
              Attempt shell expansion on the current  word.   If  that  fails,
              attempt completion.

       expand-or-complete-prefix
              Attempt shell expansion on the current word up to cursor.

       expand-history (ESC-space ESC-!) (unbound) (unbound)
              Perform history expansion on the edit buffer.

       expand-word (^X*) (unbound) (unbound)
              Attempt shell expansion on the current word.

       list-choices (ESC-^D) (^D =) (^D)
              List possible completions for the current word.

       list-expand (^Xg ^XG) (^G) (^G)
              List the expansion of the current word.

       magic-space
              Perform  history  expansion  and insert a space into the buffer.
              This is intended to be bound to space.

       menu-complete
              Like complete-word, except that menu completion  is  used.   See
              the MENU_COMPLETE option.

       menu-expand-or-complete
              Like expand-or-complete, except that menu completion is used.

       reverse-menu-complete
              Perform  menu  completion,  like menu-complete, except that if a
              menu completion is already in progress,  move  to  the  previous
              completion rather than the next.

       end-of-list
              When  a  previous  completion displayed a list below the prompt,
              this widget can be used to move the prompt below the list.

   Miscellaneous
       accept-and-hold (ESC-A ESC-a) (unbound) (unbound)
              Push the contents of the buffer on the buffer stack and  execute
              it.

       accept-and-infer-next-history
              Execute  the  contents  of  the buffer.  Then search the history
              list for a line matching the current one and push the event fol-
              lowing onto the buffer stack.

       accept-line (^J ^M) (^J ^M) (^J ^M)
              Finish  editing  the buffer.  Normally this causes the buffer to
              be executed as a shell command.

       accept-line-and-down-history (^O) (unbound) (unbound)
              Execute the current line, and push the next history event on the
              the buffer stack.

       beep   Beep, unless the BEEP option is unset.

       vi-cmd-mode (^X^V) (unbound) (^[)
              Enter  command  mode;  that is, select the ‘vicmd’ keymap.  Yes,
              this is bound by default in emacs mode.

       vi-caps-lock-panic
              Hang until any lowercase key is pressed.  This is for  vi  users
              without the mental capacity to keep track of their caps lock key
              (like the author).

       clear-screen (^L ESC-^L) (^L) (^L)
              Clear the screen and redraw the prompt.

       describe-key-briefly
              Reads a key sequence, then prints the  function  bound  to  that
              sequence.

       exchange-point-and-mark (^X^X) (unbound) (unbound)
              Exchange the cursor position with the position of the mark.

       execute-named-cmd (ESC-x) (unbound) (unbound)
              Read the name of an editor command and execute it.  A restricted
              set of editing functions is available in  the  mini-buffer.   An
              interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting, will abort the
              function.  The  allowed  functions  are:   backward-delete-char,
              vi-backward-delete-char, clear-screen, redisplay, quoted-insert,
              vi-quoted-insert,   backward-kill-word,   vi-backward-kill-word,
              kill-whole-line, vi-kill-line, backward-kill-line, list-choices,
              delete-char-or-list, complete-word, accept-line,  expand-or-com-
              plete and expand-or-complete-prefix.

              kill-region  kills the last word, and vi-cmd-mode is treated the
              same as accept-line.  The space and tab characters, if not bound
              to  one of these functions, will complete the name and then list
              the possibilities if the AUTO_LIST option  is  set.   Any  other
              character that is not bound to self-insert or self-insert-unmeta
              will beep and be ignored.  The bindings of  the  current  insert
              mode will be used.

       execute-last-named-cmd (ESC-z) (unbound) (unbound)
              Redo the last function executed with execute-named-cmd.

       get-line (ESC-G ESC-g) (unbound) (unbound)
              Pop  the top line off the buffer stack and insert it at the cur-
              sor position.

       pound-insert (unbound) (#) (unbound)
              If there is no # character at the beginning of the  buffer,  add
              one  to the beginning of each line.  If there is one, remove a #
              from each line that has one.  In either case, accept the current
              line.   The  INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS option must be set for this to
              have any usefulness.

       vi-pound-insert
              If there is no # character at the beginning of the current line,
              add  one.  If there is one, remove it.  The INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
              option must be set for this to have any usefulness.

       push-input
              Push the entire current  multiline  construct  onto  the  buffer
              stack  and return to the top-level (PS1) prompt.  If the current
              parser construct is only a single line,  this  is  exactly  like
              push-line.   Next  time  the  editor starts up or is popped with
              get-line, the construct will be popped off the top of the buffer
              stack and loaded into the editing buffer.

       push-line (^Q ESC-Q ESC-q) (unbound) (unbound)
              Push  the  current  buffer  onto  the buffer stack and clear the
              buffer.  Next time the editor starts  up,  the  buffer  will  be
              popped off the top of the buffer stack and loaded into the edit-
              ing buffer.

       push-line-or-edit
              At the top-level (PS1) prompt, equivalent to  push-line.   At  a
              secondary  (PS2)  prompt, move the entire current multiline con-
              struct into the editor buffer.   The  latter  is  equivalent  to
              push-input followed by get-line.

       recursive-edit
              Only  useful  from  a user-defined widget.  At this point in the
              function, the editor regains control until one of  the  standard
              widgets  which  would  normally  cause zle to exit (typically an
              accept-line caused by  hitting  the  return  key)  is  executed.
              Instead, control returns to the user-defined widget.  The status
              returned is non-zero if the return was caused by an  error,  but
              the  function  still  continues executing and hence may tidy up.
              This makes it safe for the user-defined widget to alter the com-
              mand line or key bindings temporarily.

              The following widget, caps-lock, serves as an example.
                     self-insert-ucase() {
                       LBUFFER+=${(U)KEYS[-1]}
                     }

                     integer stat

                     zle -N self-insert self-insert-ucase
                     zle -A caps-lock save-caps-lock
                     zle -A accept-line caps-lock

                     zle recursive-edit
                     stat=$?

                     zle -A .self-insert self-insert
                     zle -A save-caps-lock caps-lock
                     zle -D save-caps-lock

                     (( stat )) && zle send-break

                     return $stat
              This  causes  typed  letters  to  be  inserted capitalised until
              either accept-line (i.e. typically the return key) is  typed  or
              the  caps-lock  widget is invoked again; the later is handled by
              saving the old definition of  caps-lock  as  save-caps-lock  and
              then  rebinding  it  to  invoke accept-line.  Note that an error
              from the recursive edit is detected as a non-zero return  status
              and propagated by using the send-break widget.

       redisplay (unbound) (^R) (^R)
              Redisplays the edit buffer.

       reset-prompt (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
              Force the prompts on both the left and right of the screen to be
              re-expanded, then redisplay  the  edit  buffer.   This  reflects
              changes  both  to the prompt variables themselves and changes in
              the expansion of the values (for example,  changes  in  time  or
              directory,  or  changes to the value of variables referred to by
              the prompt).

              Otherwise, the prompt is only expanded each time zle starts, and
              when the display as been interrupted by output from another part
              of the shell (such as a job notification) which causes the  com-
              mand line to be reprinted.

       send-break (^G ESC-^G) (unbound) (unbound)
              Abort  the  current editor function, e.g. execute-named-command,
              or the editor itself, e.g. if you are in vared. Otherwise  abort
              the parsing of the current line.

       run-help (ESC-H ESC-h) (unbound) (unbound)
              Push  the  buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the command
              ‘run-help cmd’, where cmd is the current command.   run-help  is
              normally aliased to man.

       vi-set-buffer (unbound) (") (unbound)
              Specify a buffer to be used in the following command.  There are
              35 buffers that can be specified: the 26 ‘named’ buffers  "a  to
              "z  and  the  nine ‘queued’ buffers "1 to "9.  The named buffers
              can also be specified as "A to "Z.

              When a buffer is specified for a cut command, the text being cut
              replaces  the  previous  contents of the specified buffer.  If a
              named buffer is specified using a capital, the newly cut text is
              appended to the buffer instead of overwriting it.

              If no buffer is specified for a cut command, "1 is used, and the
              contents of "1 to "8 are each shifted along one buffer; the con-
              tents of "9 is lost.

       vi-set-mark (unbound) (m) (unbound)
              Set the specified mark at the cursor position.

       set-mark-command (^@) (unbound) (unbound)
              Set the mark at the cursor position.

       spell-word (ESC-$ ESC-S ESC-s) (unbound) (unbound)
              Attempt spelling correction on the current word.

       undefined-key
              This  command  is executed when a key sequence that is not bound
              to any command is typed.  By default it beeps.

       undo (^_ ^Xu ^X^U) (unbound) (unbound)
              Incrementally undo the last text modification.

       redo   Incrementally redo undone text modifications.

       vi-undo-change (unbound) (u) (unbound)
              Undo the last text modification.  If repeated, redo the  modifi-
              cation.

       what-cursor-position (^X=) (unbound) (unbound)
              Print the character under the cursor, its code as an octal, dec-
              imal and hexadecimal number, the current cursor position  within
              the buffer and the column of the cursor in the current line.

       where-is
              Read  the name of an editor command and and print the listing of
              key sequences that invoke the specified command.

       which-command (ESC-?) (unbound) (unbound)
              Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute  the  command
              ‘which-command   cmd’.   where   cmd  is  the  current  command.
              which-command is normally aliased to whence.

       vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line (unbound) (0) (unbound)
              If the last command executed was a digit as part of an argument,
ZSHCOMPWID(1)                                                    ZSHCOMPWID(1)



              continue the argument.  Otherwise, execute vi-beginning-of-line.


NAME

       zshcompwid - zsh completion widgets


DESCRIPTION

       The shell’s programmable completion mechanism can be manipulated in two
       ways;  here the low-level features supporting the newer, function-based
       mechanism are defined.  A complete set  of  shell  functions  based  on
       these  features is described in zshcompsys(1), and users with no inter-
       est in adding to that system (or, potentially, writing  their  own  ---
       see dictionary entry for ‘hubris’) should skip this section.  The older
       system based on the compctl builtin command  is  described  in  zshcom-
       pctl(1).

       Completion widgets are defined by the -C option to the zle builtin com-
       mand provided by the zsh/zle module (see zshzle(1)). For example,

              zle -C complete expand-or-complete completer

       defines a widget named ‘complete’.  The second argument is the name  of
       any  of  the  builtin  widgets  that handle completions: complete-word,
       expand-or-complete,      expand-or-complete-prefix,      menu-complete,
       menu-expand-or-complete,    reverse-menu-complete,   list-choices,   or
       delete-char-or-list.  Note that this will still work even if the widget
       in question has been re-bound.

       When  this  newly  defined  widget  is bound to a key using the bindkey
       builtin command defined in the zsh/zle module (see  zshzle(1)),  typing
       that  key  will  call  the shell function ‘completer’. This function is
       responsible for generating the  possible  matches  using  the  builtins
       described  below.   As  with  other ZLE widgets, the function is called
       with its standard input closed.

       Once the function returns, the completion code takes over control again
       and treats the matches in the same manner as the specified builtin wid-
       get, in this case expand-or-complete.




SPECIAL PARAMETERS

       Inside completion widgets, and any functions  called  from  them,  some
       parameters  have  special meaning; outside these functions they are not
       special to the shell in any way.  These parameters  are  used  to  pass
       information between the completion code and the completion widget. Some
       of the builtin commands and the condition codes use or change the  cur-
       rent  values  of  these parameters.  Any existing values will be hidden
       during execution of  completion  widgets;  except  for  compstate,  the
       parameters  are  reset on each function exit (including nested function
       calls from within the completion widget) to the values  they  had  when
       the function was entered.

       CURRENT
              This is the number of the current word, i.e. the word the cursor
              is currently on in the words array.  Note  that  this  value  is
              only correct if the ksharrays option is not set.

       IPREFIX
              Initially  this will be set to the empty string.  This parameter
              functions like PREFIX; it contains a string which  precedes  the
              one in PREFIX and is not considered part of the list of matches.
              Typically, a string is transferred from the beginning of  PREFIX
              to the end of IPREFIX, for example:

                     IPREFIX=${PREFIX%%\=*}=
                     PREFIX=${PREFIX#*=}

              causes  the  part  of  the  prefix up to and including the first
              equal sign not to be treated as part of a matched string.   This
              can be done automatically by the compset builtin, see below.

       ISUFFIX
              As  IPREFIX, but for a suffix that should not be considered part
              of the matches; note that the ISUFFIX string follows the  SUFFIX
              string.

       PREFIX Initially  this will be set to the part of the current word from
              the beginning of the word up to the position of the  cursor;  it
              may be altered to give a common prefix for all matches.

       QIPREFIX
              This parameter is read-only and contains the quoted string up to
              the word being completed.  E.g.  when  completing  ‘"foo’,  this
              parameter contains the double quote. If the -q option of compset
              is used (see below), and the original string was ‘"foo bar’ with
              the cursor on the ‘bar’, this parameter contains ‘"foo ’.

       QISUFFIX
              Like QIPREFIX, but containing the suffix.

       SUFFIX Initially  this will be set to the part of the current word from
              the cursor position to the end; it may be altered to give a com-
              mon  suffix  for all matches.  It is most useful when the option
              COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set, as otherwise the whole word on the com-
              mand line is treated as a prefix.

       compstate
              This  is  an associative array with various keys and values that
              the completion code uses to exchange information with  the  com-
              pletion widget.  The keys are:

              all_quotes
                     The  -q option of the compset builtin command (see below)
                     allows a quoted string to be broken into separate  words;
                     if the cursor is on one of those words, that word will be
                     completed, possibly invoking  ‘compset  -q’  recursively.
                     With  this key it is possible to test the types of quoted
                     strings which are currently broken  into  parts  in  this
                     fashion.  Its value contains one character for each quot-
                     ing level.  The characters are a single quote or a double
                     quote  for  strings  quoted  with  these characters and a
                     backslash for strings not starting with a  quote  charac-
                     ter.  The first character in the value always corresponds
                     to the innermost quoting level.

              context
                     This will be set by the completion code  to  the  overall
                     context in which completion is attempted. Possible values
                     are:

                     array_value
                             when completing inside  the  value  of  an  array
                             parameter  assignment;  in  this  case  the words
                             array contains the words inside the  parentheses.

                     brace_parameter
                             when  completing  the  name  of  a parameter in a
                             parameter expansion beginning with ${.

                     assign_parameter
                             when completing the name  of  a  parameter  in  a
                             parameter assignment.

                     command
                             when  completing  for a normal command (either in
                             command position or for an argument of  the  com-
                             mand).

                     condition
                             when  completing  inside  a ‘[[...]]’ conditional
                             expression; in this case the words array contains
                             only the words inside the conditional expression.

                      math   when completing  in  a  mathematical  environment
                             such as a ‘((...))’ construct.

                     parameter
                             when  completing  the  name  of  a parameter in a
                             parameter expansion beginning with $ but not  ${.

                     redirect
                             when completing after a redirection operator.

                     subscript
                             when completing inside a parameter subscript.

                      value  when  completing the value of a parameter assign-
                             ment.

              exact  Controls the behaviour when the REC_EXACT option is  set.
                     It  will  be  set  to  accept  if an exact match would be
                     accepted, and will be unset otherwise.

                     If it was set when at least one match equal to the string
                     on the line was generated, the match is accepted.

              exact_string
                     The  string of an exact match if one was found, otherwise
                     unset.

              ignored
                     The number  of  words  that  were  ignored  because  they
                     matched  one  of the patterns given with the -F option to
                     the compadd builtin command.

              insert This controls the manner in which  a  match  is  inserted
                     into  the command line.  On entry to the widget function,
                     if it is unset the command line is not to be changed;  if
                     set  to  unambiguous, any prefix common to all matches is
                     to be inserted; if set to automenu-unambiguous, the  com-
                     mon  prefix  is to be inserted and the next invocation of
                     the completion code may start menu completion (due to the
                     AUTO_MENU  option  being set); if set to menu or automenu
                     menu completion will be started for the matches currently
                     generated  (in  the  latter case this will happen because
                     the AUTO_MENU is set). The value  may  also  contain  the
                     string  ‘tab’ when the completion code would normally not
                     really do completion, but only insert the TAB  character.

                     On  exit  it may be set to any of the values above (where
                     setting it to the empty string is the same  as  unsetting
                     it), or to a number, in which case the match whose number
                     is given will be inserted into the command  line.   Nega-
                     tive  numbers  count  backward  from the last match (with
                     ‘-1’ selecting the last match)  and  out-of-range  values
                     are  wrapped  around, so that a value of zero selects the
                     last match and a value one more than the maximum  selects
                     the  first. Unless the value of this key ends in a space,
                     the match is inserted as in a menu completion, i.e. with-
                     out automatically appending a space.

                     Both menu and automenu may also specify the the number of
                     the match to insert, given after a colon.   For  example,
                     ‘menu:2’  says  to  start menu completion, beginning with
                     the second match.

                     Note that a value containing the  substring  ‘tab’  makes
                     the  matches  generated  be  ignored  and only the TAB be
                     inserted.

                     Finally, it may also be  set  to  all,  which  makes  all
                     matches generated be inserted into the line.

              insert_positions
                     When  the completion system inserts an unambiguous string
                     into the line, there may be multiple places where charac-
                     ters  are missing or where the character inserted differs
                     from at least one match.  The value of this key  contains
                     a colon separated list of all these positions, as indexes
                     into the command line.

              last_prompt
                     If this is set to a  non-empty  string  for  every  match
                     added,  the  completion code will move the cursor back to
                     the previous prompt after the  list  of  completions  has
                     been displayed.  Initially this is set or unset according
                     to the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option.

              list   This controls whether or how the list of matches will  be
                     displayed.   If  it  is unset or empty they will never be
                     listed; if its value begins with list, they  will  always
                     be  listed; if it begins with autolist or ambiguous, they
                     will be  listed  when  the  AUTO_LIST  or  LIST_AMBIGUOUS
                     options respectively would normally cause them to be.

                     If  the  substring force appears in the value, this makes
                     the list be shown even if there is only one  match.  Nor-
                     mally, the list would be shown only if there are at least
                     two matches.

                     The  value  contains  the   substring   packed   if   the
                     LIST_PACKED option is set. If this substring is given for
                     all matches added to a group, this group  will  show  the
                     LIST_PACKED   behavior.   The   same   is  done  for  the
                     LIST_ROWS_FIRST option with the substring rows.

                     Finally, if the value contains the  string  explanations,
                     only  the explanation strings, if any, will be listed and
                     if it contains messages, only the  messages  (added  with
                     the -x option of compadd) will be listed.  If it contains
                     both explanations and messages both kinds of  explanation
                     strings  will be listed.  It will be set appropriately on
                     entry to a completion widget and may be changed there.

              list_lines
                     This gives the number of lines that are needed to display
                     the full list of completions.  Note that to calculate the
                     total number of lines to display you need to add the num-
                     ber  of  lines needed for the command line to this value,
                     this is available as the value of the BUFFERLINES special
                     parameter.

              list_max
                     Initially this is set to the value of the LISTMAX parame-
                     ter.  It may be set to any other value; when  the  widget
                     exits  this  value  will  be  used in the same way as the
                     value of LISTMAX.

              nmatches
                     The number of matches generated and accepted by the  com-
                     pletion code so far.

              old_insert
                     On  entry to the widget this will be set to the number of
                     the match of an old list of completions that is currently
                     inserted  into  the  command  line.  If no match has been
                     inserted, this is unset.

                     As with old_list, the value of this key will only be used
                     if  it is the string keep. If it was set to this value by
                     the widget and there was an old match inserted  into  the
                     command line, this match will be kept and if the value of
                     the insert key specifies that  another  match  should  be
                     inserted, this will be inserted after the old one.

              old_list
                     This is set to yes if there is still a valid list of com-
                     pletions from a previous completion at the time the  wid-
                     get  is  invoked.   This  will usually be the case if and
                     only if the previous editing operation was  a  completion
                     widget  or  one  of the builtin completion functions.  If
                     there is a valid list and it is also currently  shown  on
                     the screen, the value of this key is shown.

                     After the widget has exited the value of this key is only
                     used if it was set to keep.  In this case the  completion
                     code  will  continue to use this old list.  If the widget
                     generated new matches, they will not be used.

              parameter
                     The name of the parameter when completing in a  subscript
                     or in the value of a parameter assignment.

              pattern_insert
                     Normally  this  is set to menu, which specifies that menu
                     completion will be used whenever a  set  of  matches  was
                     generated  using  pattern  matching.  If it is set to any
                     other non-empty string by the user and menu completion is
                     not  selected  by  other  option  settings, the code will
                     instead  insert  any  common  prefix  for  the  generated
                     matches as with normal completion.

              pattern_match
                     Locally controls the behaviour given by the GLOB_COMPLETE
                     option.  Initially it is set to ‘*’ if and  only  if  the
                     option  is set.  The completion widget may set it to this
                     value, to an empty string (which has the same  effect  as
                     unsetting  it),  or to any other non-empty string.  If it
                     is non-empty, unquoted metacharacters on the command line
                     will be treated as patterns; if it is ‘*’, then addition-
                     ally a wildcard ‘*’ is assumed at the cursor position; if
                     it is empty or unset, metacharacters will be treated lit-
                     erally.

                     Note that the matcher specifications given to the compadd
                     builtin  command  are  not  used  if  this  is  set  to a
                     non-empty string.

              quote  When completing inside quotes, this contains  the  quota-
                     tion  character  (i.e.  either  a  single quote, a double
                     quote, or a backtick).  Otherwise it is unset.

              quoting
                     When completing inside single quotes, this is set to  the
                     string  single;  inside dou